SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND TELECOMMUNICATIONS CORP
10-K405, 1998-03-20
TELEPHONE COMMUNICATIONS (NO RADIOTELEPHONE)
Previous: FORTIS BENEFITS INSURANCE CO VARIABLE ACCOUNT C, 24F-2NT, 1998-03-20
Next: GOLDEN BOOKS FAMILY ENTERTAINMENT INC, SC 13D/A, 1998-03-20



                         
                         UNITED STATES
              SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                     WASHINGTON, DC  20549
                           FORM 10-K
(Mark One)

X ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
  ACT OF 1934.
    For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.

  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE 
  ACT OF 1934.
    For the transition period from          to        .

Commission File Number 1-9157

      SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND TELECOMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
    (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

                Connecticut                    06-1157778
   (State or other jurisdiction of        (I.R.S. Employer
   incorporation or organization)         Identification Number)

    227 Church Street, New Haven, CT           06510
(Address of principal executive offices)     (Zip Code)

                         (203) 771-5200
                (Registrant's telephone number,
                      including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class           Name of each exchange on
                              which registered
                              
Common stock-par value $1     New York and Pacific Stock
per share                     Exchanges
                              
Rights to purchase common     New York and Pacific Stock
stock                         Exchanges
(Currently traded with        
common stock)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all
reports  required to be filed by Section 13  or  15(d)  of  the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12  months
(or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to
file  such  reports), and (2) has been subject to  such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes X.  No .

Indicate  by  check  mark if disclosure  of  delinquent  filers
pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein,
and  will  not  be  contained,  to  the  best  of  registrant's
knowledge,   in  definitive  proxy  or  information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or  any
amendment to this Form 10-K. X

At the settlement date of February 27, 1998, 67,292,621 common 
shares were outstanding.

At the settlement date of February 27, 1998, the aggregate market 
value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates was $4,244,461,433.

              DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant's combined 1997 Annual Report to Shareholders 
and Proxy Statement dated March 26, 1998 issued in connection with the 
1998 Annual Meeting of Shareholders [Part II and Part III]

                               1


                        TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                
                                
Item                                                                  Page
                                                        
                              PART I                       
                                                        
1.    Business...........................................................3
                                                        
2.    Properties........................................................13
                                                        
3.    Legal Proceedings.................................................14
                                                        
4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders...............14 
                             
                             PART II
                                                        
5.    Market for the Registrant's Common Stock and Related
        Stockholder Matters.............................................14
                                                        
6.    Selected Financial Data...........................................15
                                                        
7.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
        and Operating Results...........................................15
                                                        
8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.......................15
                                                        
9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on 
        Accounting and Financial Disclosure.............................15
                             
                            PART III
                             
10.   Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant................15
                                                        
11.   Executive Compensation............................................15
                                                        
12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
       Management.......................................................15
                                                        
13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions....................15

                             PART IV
                             
14.   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedule, and Reports on Form 8-K...17
                                                        
                                
See page 16 for "Executive Officers of the Registrant"
                                
                               2


                             PART I


Item 1.  Business

                             GENERAL

Southern     New    England    Telecommunications     Corporation
("Corporation") was incorporated in 1986 under the  laws  of  the
State  of Connecticut and has its principal executive offices  at
227 Church Street, New Haven, Connecticut 06510 (telephone number
(203)  771-5200).  The Corporation is a holding  company  engaged
through   its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  in  telecommunications
services   principally  in  Connecticut  with  expanded  cellular
services  in  Rhode  Island and portions of  Massachusetts.   The
Corporation    has    business    units    in    the    following
telecommunications  product  groups:   wireline;  wireless;   and
information  and entertainment.  Wireline includes  The  Southern
New  England Telephone Company ("Telephone Company") and Woodbury
Telephone  Company  ("Woodbury"),  acquired  in  1997,  providing
telecommunications  services in Connecticut; SNET  America,  Inc.
("SAI"),   providing  national  and  international  long-distance
services  to  Connecticut customers; and SNET Diversified  Group,
Inc.,  providing  premium  telecommunications  services  and  the
selling  and  leasing of communications equipment to  residential
and  business  customers.  Wireless includes SNET Cellular,  Inc.
and  SNET Mobility, Inc., providing retail and wholesale cellular
services,  personal communications, equipment  sales  and  paging
resale  services.   Information and entertainment  includes  SNET
Information  Services,  Inc. (providing publishing  and  internet
services)  and  SNET  Personal  Vision,  Inc.  (providing   cable
television service).  Other business activities include SNET Real
Estate,   Inc.  (engaging  in  leasing  commercial  real   estate
primarily  to  affiliates) and the holding company  (engaging  in
financial  and  strategic planning for the  Corporation  and  its
subsidiaries).

In  1997,  approximately  67%  of the Corporation's  consolidated
revenues  and  sales  were derived from the  Telephone  Company's
telecommunications services and approximately  11%  were  derived
from  wireless sales.  The remainder was derived principally from
directory publishing operations, national and international long-
distance  services,  the  activities of the  Corporation's  other
subsidiaries,  and activities associated with  the  provision  of
facilities  and  non-access services to  interexchange  carriers.
Approximately  68% of the operating revenues from  the  Telephone
Company's   telecommunications  services  were  attributable   to
intrastate   operations,  with  the  remainder  attributable   to
interstate access services.

The  number  of  access  lines in service grew  to  2,286,000  at
December  31, 1997 (including approximately 21,000 lines acquired
in the Woodbury purchase) from 2,163,000 at December 31, 1996, an
increase  of 5.7%.  The increase excluding the Woodbury  purchase
was  4.7%.   The increase included significant growth in  Centrex
business lines and second residential lines.  The network  access
lines   provided  by  the  Telephone  Company  and  Woodbury   to
customers'  premises can be interconnected with the access  lines
of  other  telephone  companies in the  United  States  and  with
telephone  systems in most other countries.  The following  table
sets  forth the number of network access lines in service at  the
end of each year:

Network Access Lines in                                       
 Service (thousands):      1997    1996   1995    1994    1993
Residence                 1,513   1,444  1,415   1,379   1,355
Business                    773     719    658     630     609
Total                     2,286   2,163  2,073   2,009   1,964

                                   
                               3


Planned Merger

On January 4, 1998, the Corporation's Board of Directors approved
a    definitive   merger   agreement   ("Agreement")   with   SBC
Communications Inc. ("SBC") whereby the Corporation will become a
wholly-owned   subsidiary  of  SBC.   The  Board's  deliberations
focused   on   the  complementary  strengths  and  the   possible
advantages  of a combination.  Under the original  terms  of  the
Agreement, each share of the Corporation's common stock was to be
exchanged for 0.8784 shares of SBC common stock.  On January  30,
1998, SBC announced a two-for-one stock split, which modified the
exchange  ratio  to 1.7568.  The transaction is  intended  to  be
accounted  for  as  a  pooling-of-interests  and  as  a  tax-free
reorganization  under the applicable provisions of  the  Internal
Revenue  Code.  In addition, the Agreement does not  require  any
changes to the Corporation's quarterly dividend prior to closing.

The  process leading to the Board's adoption of the merger  began
in  late 1996 with a review of strategic goals in the context  of
rising  costs  (including non-recurring items such as  Year  2000
costs)  and  a  rapidly changing regulatory  environment.   As  a
result  of  this review, the Board concluded that the Corporation
would  need to substantially increase the scale and scope of  its
operations in order to continue to compete successfully and in  a
cost-effective    manner   in   the   increasingly    competitive
telecommunications  industry, and to provide customers  with  the
broad  range  of  telecommunications products and  services  they
would  demand and to meet the goals of its shareholders.   During
1997,   management  explored  possibilities  for  various   joint
ventures and business alliances in specific product areas with  a
view toward increasing the scale and scope of operations.  In the
fall  of 1997, management ultimately concluded that a combination
with  a major telecommunications company was the best alternative
in  order  to  achieve the Corporation's strategic and  financial
objectives.

The  merger  has been reviewed by the U.S. Department of  Justice
and must still be approved by the Corporation's shareholders, the
Connecticut Department of Public Utility Control ("DPUC") and the
Federal  Communications Commission ("FCC").  The  Corporation  is
currently  authorized  to provide interexchange  services  in  46
states.   For  the majority of these states these  authorizations
have  been  utilized solely to provide calling card  services  to
Connecticut-based  customers traveling in the respective  states.
The Corporation does, however, provide long-distance service to a
small  number  of customers in states where SBC is  an  Incumbent
Local Exchange Carrier ("ILEC").  The Corporation may be required
to  modify  or withdraw its interexchange authorizations  in  the
states where SBC is an ILEC.  In addition, authorizations may  be
required  from a number of other states to allow the  Corporation
to  transfer  its existing long-distance authorizations  to  SBC.
Once the necessary approvals are obtained, the merger is expected
to close by December 31, 1998.

Management  believes that the merger with  SBC  is  in  the  best
interest  of  shareholders because it offers them the opportunity
of  becoming  investors in a company with global presence  and  a
track   record  of  success  in  growing  long-term   value   for
shareholders.  In addition, the merger will likely strengthen the
Corporation's ability to compete in the increasingly  competitive
telecommunications industry.

                               4


Corporate Restructure

In  a  decision  issued  June 25, 1997,  the  DPUC  approved  the
Corporation's proposal to establish separate wholesale and retail
organizations [see Regulatory Matters - State].  As a result, the
Telephone Company will become an ILEC, providing network services
and   functionality  to  retail  providers  under  the  wholesale
provisions of the Federal Telecommunications Act of 1996 ("Act").
The  Telephone  Company  will  be treated  as  a  public  service
company, and will continue to be subject to alternative forms  of
regulation.  In a separate order, SNET America, Inc.  ("SAI"),  a
subsidiary  of  the Corporation, was certified to  operate  as  a
competitive  local  exchange carrier  ("CLEC"),  allowing  it  to
provide  competitive retail service to customers  with  the  same
flexibility  as  all other CLECs in the state.  As  part  of  the
DPUC's  decision allowing the restructure, Connecticut  customers
must  choose  their  local  exchange  provider  via  a  balloting
process.  Until balloting is complete, the Telephone Company  and
SAI  will jointly offer retail telecommunication services to  the
public.  Once the balloting process is completed, SAI will become
the  sole  provider  of retail service for the  Corporation.   In
addition,  as  part of the restructure, the directory  publishing
operations  were incorporated into a separate subsidiary  of  the
Corporation on January 1, 1998.


                            WIRELINE

The Southern New England Telephone Company

The  Southern  New  England Telephone Company, a  local  exchange
carrier, was incorporated in 1882 under the laws of the State  of
Connecticut   and  is  engaged  in  providing  telecommunications
services  in Connecticut, subject to various forms of regulation.
These  telecommunications services include:  local and intrastate
toll  services;  network access service, which  links  customers'
premises  to the facilities of other carriers; and other services
such  as  digital transmission of data and transmission of  radio
and television programs, packet switched data network and private
line services.

The  Telephone Company is subject to the jurisdiction of the  FCC
with  respect to interstate rates, services, access  charges  and
other matters, including the prescription of a uniform system  of
accounts.   The FCC also prescribes the principles and procedures
(referred  to  as  "separations  procedures")  used  to  separate
investments, revenues, expenses, taxes and reserves  between  the
interstate  and intrastate jurisdictions.  In addition,  the  FCC
has   adopted  accounting  and  cost  allocation  rules  for  the
separation    of    costs   of   regulated   from   non-regulated
telecommunications  services for interstate ratemaking  purposes.
The  Telephone  Company's interstate access  services  have  been
subject  to price cap regulation since January 1991.  Price  caps
are  a  form of incentive regulation to limit prices and  improve
productivity.

The  Telephone Company, in providing telecommunications  services
in  Connecticut, is subject to regulation by the DPUC, which  has
jurisdiction  with respect to intrastate rates and  services  and
other  matters such as the approval of accounting procedures  and
the  issuance of securities.  The DPUC has adopted accounting and
cost allocation rules for intrastate ratemaking purposes, similar
to  those  adopted  by the FCC, for the separation  of  costs  of
regulated  from  non-regulated activities.   In  1996,  the  DPUC
replaced  the  Telephone  Company's traditional  rate  of  return
regulation  with  alternative  (price-based)  regulation  to   be
employed   during   the  transition  to  full  competition   [see
Regulatory Matters - State].

                               5


As a result of legislative and regulatory reform, the Corporation
continues  to experience an increasingly competitive environment.
Competitors  include companies that construct and  operate  their
own  communications  systems and networks and/or  companies  that
resell  the telecommunications systems and networks of underlying
carriers.

In  1997,  major  interexchange carriers continued  to  intensify
their marketing efforts to sell intrastate long-distance services
since  the  Telephone Company's full implementation of intrastate
equal access.  Since the introduction of intrastate long-distance
toll  competition, in excess of 230 telecommunications  providers
have  received  approval from the DPUC to offer intrastate  long-
distance  services with an additional 70 filed and awaiting  DPUC
approval.   The  reduction  in  intrastate  toll  rates  and  the
increasingly competitive intrastate toll market continue to place
significant   downward  pressure  on  the   Telephone   Company's
intrastate toll revenues.

Thirty-five   telecommunications  providers  have  been   granted
approvals  for  local service and twelve additional  applications
are  pending  before  the DPUC.  These providers  began  offering
local  exchange  service  to business and  residential  customers
throughout  the  state.  There has been growth in  local  service
competition   in   1997   and  continued  growth   is   expected,
particularly  upon  commencement of the  DPUC-mandated  balloting
process  [see Regulatory Matters - State], however, the financial
impact cannot be predicted at this time.  Based on existing state
and  federal  regulations,  the  Corporation  expects  that  many
competitors will resell the Telephone Company's network and  that
increased  network  access  revenues will  offset  a  significant
portion   of   local  service  revenues  lost   to   competition.
Management   supports   bringing  customers   the   benefits   of
competition  and  affording all competitors  the  opportunity  to
compete fairly under reduced regulation.
 
The Corporation's ability to compete is dependent upon regulatory
reform  that  will allow pricing flexibility to meet  competition
and  provide  a  level playing field with similar regulation  for
similar  services.   In  addition, the Corporation's  restructure
into  wholesale  and  retail affiliates will  provide  additional
flexibility  to  compete  at  the retail  level  [see  Regulatory
Matters - State].

The  competitive  environment also allows opportunities  for  the
Corporation  to continue to increase its provision of interstate,
international long-distance and cable television services.

SNET America, Inc.

SAI  was  incorporated in 1993 under the laws  of  the  State  of
Connecticut.   SAI  resells a complete range  of  interstate  and
international  long-distance services to  Connecticut  customers,
including  calling  card  and "800" service,  along  with  volume
discount  plans  such  as SNET All Distance Simple  Solutions,  a
calling plan for small business and residence customers.

Currently,  SAI  and  the  Telephone Company  jointly  sell  toll
services.  This enables the Corporation to satisfy its customers'
long-distance  calling  needs with  a  single  point  of  contact
through  SNET All Distance[R], a seamless toll service product  line
which  provides  discount calling plans that include  intrastate,
interstate  and  international calling.  The joint  marketing  as
SNET All Distance[R] has produced such features as one-second rating
and  one  bill for all toll calls.  The migration of  Connecticut
customers  to  wireline's  bundled  calling  plans  resulted   in
significant growth for interstate and international long-distance
services.

As  previously discussed, the DPUC has granted SAI the  authority
to operate as a CLEC in the state of Connecticut and as a result,
SAI  will be able to provide competitive retail services  to  end
user  customers with the same regulatory and pricing  flexibility
as  all  other  CLEC's  in the state [see  Regulatory  Matters  -
State].

                               6


SNET Diversified Group, Inc.

SNET Diversified Group, Inc. ("Diversified") was incorporated  in
1986  under  the  laws of the State of Connecticut  in  order  to
identify and develop new business opportunities.  The majority of
Diversified's  activities is the offering  of  premium  services,
such   as  information  and  enhanced  network-related  services.
Another   activity  is  leasing  and  selling  customer  premises
equipment  ("CPE")  to residential and small business  customers.
Key  telephone  systems  and related  products  are  offered  and
maintained  which  are complementary to the  Telephone  Company's
central office-based solutions.

Diversified   faces   significant   competition   from   numerous
department store, discount store and business equipment retailers
that  carry CPE.  Diversified has differentiated its product line
from its competitors by offering a wide array of quality products
including leasing options.

Woodbury Telephone Company

Woodbury was incorporated in 1899 under the laws of the State  of
Connecticut.    On   July  23,  1997,  the  DPUC   approved   the
Corporation's acquisition of Woodbury and on July 30,  1997,  the
Corporation  completed  its acquisition of  Woodbury  by  issuing
approximately 528,000 shares of the Corporation's treasury  stock
for  the  remaining 63.5% of Woodbury's common stock not formerly
held  by  the  Corporation.  The total  cost  of  completing  the
acquisition  was $30.1 million, which includes the assumption  of
$9.0 million in long-term debt.  Woodbury is the primary provider
of  local  exchange telephone services, intrastate toll services,
and  access  to  long-distance telephone services  in  the  major
portions of the towns of Woodbury, Southbury, and Bethlehem,  and
also  serves  small portions of the towns of Oxford and  Roxbury,
Connecticut.

Regulatory Matters

The  Telephone  Company is regulated by the  FCC  and  the  DPUC.
Historically,  the FCC has regulated the Corporation's  provision
of  interstate  services, both at the wholesale  (access  service
provided by the Telephone Company) and retail (long-distance toll
charges provided by SAI as a non-dominant carrier) levels.  Since
the  passage  of  the Federal Telecommunications Act  ("Act")  in
1996,  the  FCC  has  also been charged, by  Congress,  with  the
implementation of many of the provisions of the Act  designed  to
foster local competition.

The  DPUC regulates the Telephone Company's provision of services
within the state of Connecticut including local and in-state long-
distance  services.   Since the passage of state  legislation  in
1994,  regarding local competition, as well as the Act, the  DPUC
also  regulates  the provision of wholesale services  within  the
state  that  are  required for interconnection to  the  Telephone
Company's   network.   A  synopsis  of  key  Federal  and   State
regulatory decisions follows.

Regulatory Matters - Federal

On  February 8, 1996, Congress passed the Act which was  designed
to  overhaul U.S. telecommunications policy by removing  barriers
to  local  competition.  The FCC's First and  Second  Report  and
Order   ("Order")  implements  the  Act  and  contains   numerous
provisions   regarding  the  interconnection  of  the   Telephone
Company's  network  with  those of its  competitors.   The  Order
requires  significant changes in the way business  is  conducted,
how  the  network  is designed and the systems  that  support  it
(including repair and service ordering).  In addition, the  Order
requires  fundamental changes in the development  of  the  prices
that   the   Telephone  Company  would  charge  competitors   for
purchasing regulated network products and services.  This  Order,
as  well  as  the orders discussed below, could have  a  material
adverse financial impact on the Telephone Company.

                               7


Certain  provisions  in the Order have been appealed  by  various
local  telephone companies, including the Telephone Company,  the
National  Association  of  Regulatory Utility  Commissioners  and
individual state regulatory commissions.  On July 18,  1997,  the
Eighth  Circuit  Court  of Appeals ("Eighth  Circuit")  issued  a
partial  stay  of  the Order, delaying the effectiveness  of  the
pricing provisions and the rule allowing competitors to "pick and
choose"   isolated   terms  out  of  negotiated   interconnection
agreements  and struck down those key provisions and other  terms
under  which  potential  competitors  can  lease  pieces  of  the
Telephone  Company's network.  The Eighth Circuit  declared  that
the FCC had overstepped its authority and concluded that "the Act
plainly  grants the state commissions, not the FCC, the authority
to  determine  the  rates involved in the implementation  of  the
local  competition provisions of the Act."  The Eighth  Circuit's
decision is a strong endorsement of Congress' intention that  the
states    play    a   primary   role   in   implementing    local
telecommunications competition.  This decision should  allow  the
Corporation  to implement local competition on the course  mapped
out by the DPUC and the Connecticut state legislature.

On October 14, 1997, the Eighth Circuit also vacated a portion of
the  FCC's rules which required ILECs to provide combinations  of
network   elements  that  effectively  recreated  the  end-to-end
service  at a significant discount to CLECs.  The Eighth  Circuit
indicated  that  the  Act requires ILECs  to  provide  access  to
unbundled network elements, not access to platforms used by ILECs
in  which  network  elements are combined.  The Eighth  Circuit's
decisions  have now been appealed to the Supreme Court which  has
agreed  to review the case in the fall 1998 session.  A  decision
is expected in 1999.

On  August  18, 1997, the FCC also released its Third Report  and
Order  requiring  ILECs,  including  the  Telephone  Company,  to
provide  shared transport to new entrants as an unbundled network
element  at cost-based prices.  Several companies, including  the
Telephone Company, have filed Petitions for Review, which will be
heard  by  the  Eighth Circuit.  A decision  in  this  matter  is
expected in 1998.

On  May  8,  1997,  the  FCC issued an order regarding  Universal
Service.   The  order  revises  the  current  universal   service
programs  for low income customers and high cost areas (including
Woodbury)    and    establishes   new   federal    support    for
telecommunications  services provided to schools,  libraries  and
rural  health  care  facilities.  The federal  universal  service
mechanisms  are  funded,  beginning  January  1,  1998,   by   an
assessment  on  the  end user revenues of all  telecommunications
service  providers.   Funding  for the  new  federally  supported
services  provided  to  schools, libraries and  rural  healthcare
facilities will come from both interstate and intrastate end user
revenues, while funding for the revised high cost support and low
income  support  programs  will  be  from  interstate  end   user
revenues.   ILECs can recover their contributions to the  federal
universal  service  mechanisms through  their  interstate  access
charges.   The Universal Service Order is on appeal in the  Fifth
Circuit  Court.   The  Telephone Company has  intervened  in  the
appeal.  The FCC has no timeline currently to resolve this  issue
and the Corporation cannot determine when it will be resolved.

On  May  16, 1997, the FCC also issued an order regarding  access
charge  reform  which  changes  the  way  the  Telephone  Company
recovers   interstate   access  charges  from   interstate   toll
providers,  including SAI.  Specifically, the  order  establishes
flat-rated  per-call carrier access charges,  rather  than  usage
based  charges.  This order establishes a prescriptive  mechanism
to  ensure  that interstate access charges will be driven  toward
the  levels  that  competition  would  be  expected  to  produce.
Management  expects  this  order  to  pressure  earnings  but  is
currently unable to quantify any such impact.  The Access  Charge
Reform  Order  is  being appealed and is pending  in  the  Eighth
Circuit.   The  Telephone Company has intervened in  the  appeal.
The  FCC is also expected to release a Pricing Flexibility  Order
in  1998.   This order will establish a market-based approach  to
pricing.

                               8


On  May  21, 1997, the FCC released its Price Cap Order  revising
its  price  cap plan for regulating ILECs including the Telephone
Company.  This order establishes a single productivity factor  of
6.5%  and eliminates the sharing requirements of the prior rules.
This  order is being appealed in the District of Columbia Circuit
Court.   On  August  13,  1997, the  Telephone  Company  filed  a
Petition for Waiver from the 6.5% productivity factor, requesting
that  the  FCC  establish a productivity factor of 5.3%  for  the
Telephone Company.  A decision is still pending.
 
The  Telephone  Company filed its 1997 annual  interstate  access
price  cap  revisions, in which the Telephone Company elected  to
use  a  6.5% productivity factor, which took effect July 1, 1997.
The  FCC  required all price cap ILECs, including  the  Telephone
Company,  to  adjust their Price Cap Indices, effective  July  1,
1997,  to reflect the 6.5% productivity factor for both the 1996-
1997  and  1997-1998  tariff years.  The  filing  would  decrease
interstate network access rates by approximately $28 million  for
the  period July 1, 1997 to June 30, 1998.  The Telephone Company
expects  that this decrease will be partially offset by increased
demand.

In  addition,  the  FCC has released Reports and  Orders  on  the
Implementation   of   the  Pay  Telephone  Reclassification   and
Compensation  Provisions  of the Act.  The  orders,  among  other
things,  mandate that all ILECs, including the Telephone Company,
unbundle  payphone instruments, file tariffs on payphone  service
lines  and make them available on a non-discriminatory  basis  to
Payphone  Service Providers ("PSPs").  Additionally,  the  orders
establish mechanisms for the full and fair compensation to  PSPs,
including  per-call compensation for subscriber "800" and  access
code  calls from payphones.  The Telephone Company has filed  the
necessary revisions to its interstate access charges with the FCC
and  has  filed  with  the  DPUC new  retail  and  wholesale  Pay
Telephone  Access Line Service offerings in accordance  with  the
FCC's order.

In December 1996, the FCC acted on an outstanding petition by the
New  England Public Communications Council, Inc. and preempted  a
prior  DPUC  decision which only authorized ILECs  and  CLECs  to
provide  payphone service in Connecticut.  On July 1,  1997,  the
District  of  Columbia  Circuit Court rendered  its  decision  in
Illinois  Public Telecommunications Association v. FCC  remanding
back  to  the  FCC its decision setting the per-call compensation
rate  for  subscriber "800" and access code calls.   The  FCC  on
August 5, 1997, established a pleading and comment cycle on these
remanded issues.  The FCC released a subsequent order setting the
per-call compensation rate at $.284.

Noting the need to revise its jurisdictional separations rules as
a   result  of  the  increasingly  competitive  nature   of   the
telecommunications  industry, the FCC  initiated  on  October  7,
1997,  a  rulemaking  proceeding  to  begin  separations  reform.
Jurisdictional  separations  assigns telecommunications  property
costs,   revenues,  expenses,  taxes  and  reserves  to  specific
categories  that  are then allocated between the  interstate  and
intrastate  jurisdictions.  Comprehensive  reform  in  this  area
could  result  in  changes  to  the structure  of  ILEC  pricing.
Management is currently unable to determine the impact any change
would have on the Telephone Company.

In accordance with the Act, the FCC requires ILECs, including the
Telephone   Company,  to  implement  a  long-term  solution   for
portability of local telephone numbers.  The Telephone Company is
required  to construct and operate a system that will permit  end
user  customers to retain their telephone numbers when they elect
a  different  carrier for local service.  The  system  is  to  be
operational  by mid-1998 for a large percentage of the  Telephone
Company's access lines.  The FCC, however, has not yet decided on
a  method  to  recover the substantial investment  and  operating
costs  relating to the number portability system.   Local  number
portability  expenditures were approximately $4 million  in  1997
and are estimated to be $19 million in 1998.

                               9


Regulatory Matters - State

Effective  April 1, 1996, the DPUC replaced traditional  rate  of
return  regulation  with  alternative  (price-based)  regulation,
during   the   transition   to  full  competition.    Alternative
regulation  includes a five-year monitoring period  on  financial
results  and  a  price  cap  formula based  on  certain  services
categorized as non-competitive.  In addition, basic local service
rates  for  residence, business and coin may not be raised  above
current levels until January 1, 1998, at which time the price cap
plan  becomes effective for these services, unless they have been
reclassified   into  the  emerging-competitive   or   competitive
categories.   The  impact  of  these  changes  on  the  Telephone
Company's  operating  results  will  depend  on  the  timing   of
classifying   the  various  products  and  services   from   non-
competitive   into  the  emerging-competitive   and   competitive
categories for pricing changes.

On  June 25, 1997, the DPUC issued a final decision allowing  the
Corporation   to   establish  separate   wholesale   and   retail
affiliates.   Under the decision, the new retail organization,  a
CLEC, will compete under the same regulations as all other retail
telecommunications providers in the state.   As  such,  the  CLEC
will  not  be  subject to price cap regulations.   The  wholesale
organization,  an  ILEC,  will  provide  network   services   and
functionality   to   retail   providers,   including   SAI,   the
Corporation's new CLEC, on comparable terms.  The  ILEC  will  be
treated  as  a  public service company and will  continue  to  be
subject  to  alternative  forms  of  regulation.   The  directory
publishing   operations  were  incorporated   into   a   separate
subsidiary of the Corporation on January 1, 1998.  As part of the
decision,  however, the DPUC mandated that Connecticut  customers
must  choose  their  local  exchange  provider  via  a  balloting
process.   Customers who do not choose a carrier will be assigned
a  CLEC based on the proportion of votes in a local service area.
The  specific details of the balloting process will be  addressed
in  further technical discussions among the participants and  the
DPUC.  The balloting process is scheduled to begin on January  4,
1999 and to be completed by May 1999.

In  order  for the balloting process to commence, the  ILEC  must
demonstrate  that  the  systems offered  to  CLECs  provide  full
technical  and operational support as required by the  Act.   The
DPUC   will   examine  and  critically  evaluate  the  respective
Operations Support System ("OSS") platforms offered to the CLECs.
The DPUC's evaluation will establish a set of tests and standards
that  can be used to determine the suitability of the ILEC's  OSS
to support a competitive local exchange market and will determine
if  the  interfaces proposed by the ILEC offer the  comparability
required  under the provisions of the Act.  A final  decision  is
due  on  June  24,  1998.   The  DPUC's  decision  to  allow  the
Corporation to establish separate wholesale and retail affiliates
has  been  challenged by other parties in both  state  court  and
federal court.  In an oral decision, the federal court has denied
the  other  parties' motion for summary judgment and granted  the
Corporation's motion for summary judgment.  A written decision is
expected  in  the  first quarter of 1998.   A  decision  is  also
expected from the state court in 1998.

On  March  18, 1997, SAI filed an application with  the  DPUC  to
provide   local   and   intrastate   toll   services   throughout
Connecticut.  The DPUC issued a final decision granting  approval
on June 25, 1997.  This grants SAI the authority to operate as  a
CLEC  in  the  state  of Connecticut and to  provide  competitive
retail  services  to end user customers with the same  regulatory
and pricing flexibility as all other CLECs in the state.

In  compliance  with the Act, the ILEC has filed  with  the  DPUC
numerous  cost  studies supporting its proposed wholesale  (i.e.,
resale)  and  unbundled rates for interconnection  services.   On
March  24,  1997,  the  DPUC issued a final  decision  setting  a
uniform  17.8% discount rate off the Telephone Company's  current
retail prices for telecommunications services sold to CLECs.

                               10


On  April  23, 1997, the DPUC issued a final decision  addressing
the  proposal for allocation of Hybrid Fiber Coax ("HFC") network
joint  costs  between broadband and telephony and  the  Telephone
Company's costs and rates associated with unbundled loops, ports,
multiplexing and inter-wire center transport.  In this  decision,
the   DPUC  approved  the  Telephone  Company's  proposed   50/50
allocation  of  HFC  network joint costs  between  broadband  and
telephony.  In addition, the DPUC approved the cost studies based
on   Total   Service   Long  Run  Incremental  Cost   ("TSLRIC").
Subsequently,  the  DPUC  opened  a  new  docket   to   determine
appropriate  TSLRIC-based  rates  for  the  remaining   unbundled
elements  (non-loop)  defined by the FCC.   The  cost  allocation
decision  has been appealed by the cable television  industry  to
state Superior Court.  A decision is expected in 1998.


                            WIRELESS

The   Corporation  provides  cellular  (wholesale  and   retail),
personal  communications, equipment sales and  resale  of  paging
services   in   Connecticut,  Rhode  Island   and   portions   of
Massachusetts,  through  its  subsidiaries  SNET  Cellular,  Inc.
("Cellular") and SNET Mobility, Inc. ("Mobility").

SNET Cellular, Inc.

Cellular was incorporated in 1985 under the laws of the State  of
Connecticut   and   provides  directly  or   indirectly   through
affiliates  retail  and  wholesale  services  in  the  states  of
Connecticut  and  Rhode  Island and  portions  of  Massachusetts.
Cellular  is currently subject to FCC jurisdiction.  In  November
1996,  the  DPUC  opened an investigation  to  determine  whether
wireless   service  was  a  replacement  for  landline  telephone
service.   If  wireless service is determined to be a replacement
for  landline  service, the DPUC may petition the  FCC  for  rate
regulation authority.

In   1990,  Cellular  formed  the  Springwich  Cellular   Limited
Partnership ("Springwich") with four other partners.   Springwich
is    authorized    to   provide   wholesale    cellular    radio
telecommunications  services  in the  Hartford,  New  Haven,  New
London,   and   Fairfield,   Connecticut   New   England   County
Metropolitan   Areas   ("NECMAs")   and   in   the   Springfield,
Massachusetts  NECMA.   Springwich also is  licensed  to  provide
cellular  wholesale service in four Rural Service Areas,  Windham
and Litchfield Counties in Connecticut and Franklin and Berkshire
Counties   in   Massachusetts.   The  Corporation   through   its
subsidiaries   holds  over  a  99.6%  partnership   interest   in
Springwich.

Cellular has "roaming agreements" with other carriers which allow
the  carriers' subscribers access to Cellular's network and allow
Cellular's  subscribers access to other networks  throughout  the
United States and Canada.

Cellular  is facing considerable competition as a result  of  the
completion  of  the Bell Atlantic and NYNEX merger which  created
the  largest wireless service provider on the East Coast and  the
second  largest  provider  in the United  States.   In  addition,
Cellular  expects increasing competition from new  alliances  and
the  impact  from  auctions of personal  communications  services
("PCS")  and other licenses.  A major long-distance provider  has
launched  a  digital  PCS  service in  Connecticut  during  1997,
creating  the  third  wireless  provider  in  the  state.   Other
wireless carriers are expected to begin offering services in  the
near  future.   Cellular  has  made and  will  continue  to  make
investments in network expansion and enhancements.

                               11


SNET Mobility, Inc.

Mobility was incorporated in 1985 under the laws of the State  of
Connecticut  under  its predecessor's name SNET  MobileCom,  Inc.
Mobility purchases wholesale cellular communications service from
Springwich  and  resells cellular communications service  in  the
Connecticut  retail market.  In addition, Mobility also  provides
paging services.

Mobility  markets its services through its internal  sales  force
and through agreements with third-party distributors and dealers.
Mobility  anticipates continuing competition from local, regional
and   national  resellers.   In  response  to  this  competition,
Mobility  continues to evaluate the quality of  its  distribution
channels,     price    aggressively,    bundle     with     other
telecommunications services and introduce both creative  customer
acquisition programs and differentiated value-added services.


                  INFORMATION AND ENTERTAINMENT

SNET Information Services, Inc.

In  January  1998,  the Telephone Company's directory  publishing
operations  and  internet  services  were  transferred  to   SNET
Information Services, Inc. which was incorporated in  1997  under
the  laws  of the State of Connecticut.  The directory publishing
operations, in addition to selling the advertising,  produces and
distributes traditional paper products including White and Yellow
Pages    directories   throughout   Connecticut   and    adjacent
communities.   To  strategically widen  its  business  focus  and
position   itself  for  the  future,  the  publishing  operations
introduced electronic publishing services, such as SNET Access[SM],
Consumer Tips and Electronic Yellow Pages.

The  Connecticut  advertising marketplace  continues  to  undergo
major structural changes and is increasingly more fragmented  and
competitive.  The publishing division faces increased competition
from  traditional  directory publishers, established  media,  and
emerging   competitors  such  as  on-line  services,   electronic
shopping services, CD-ROM, and the expansion of cable television.

On  January  31,  1996, the Corporation launched SNET  Internet[SM]
access  service,  which allows all subscribers in  the  state  of
Connecticut  to  access the Internet with  a  local  phone  call.
Internet  customers have increased to over 85,000 at the  end  of
1997 from approximately 35,000 at the end of 1996.

SNET Personal Vision, Inc.

SNET  Personal Vision, Inc. ("Personal Vision") was  incorporated
in 1996 under the laws of the state of Connecticut.  On September
6,  1996,  Personal Vision received an 11-year license  from  the
DPUC  to  operate a cable television system that will  serve  the
entire  state  of  Connecticut.  Personal Vision  also  became  a
partner  in  the  americast joint venture with  The  Walt  Disney
Company   and   several  large  local  exchange  carriers.    The
partnership  provides a full range of americast[TM] programming and
marketing  services.  Personal Vision began deploying  its  cable
service  during  the first quarter of 1997.  The DPUC's  decision
granting  the statewide franchise was appealed to state  Superior
Court  by  members  of the cable industry.   The  Superior  Court
upheld  the  DPUC's  decision  and the  cable  industry  has  now
appealed to the state Appellate Court.  A decision is anticipated
in 1998.

                               12

                                
                    OTHER BUSINESS ACTIVITIES

SNET Real Estate, Inc.
                                
SNET  Real Estate, Inc. ("Real Estate") was incorporated in  1983
under  the laws of the State of Connecticut.  Real Estate is  the
owner  of  commercial  property which it leases  under  operating
leases  and is a 99% partner in a limited liability company  that
also  leases  commercial  property.  Currently,  Real  Estate  is
managing  its  existing  portfolio and is not  actively  pursuing
additional real estate investments.

Real  Estate faces a risk that real estate markets in  which  its
properties  are  located, primarily Connecticut, may  deteriorate
from  their  current  value.   This  risk  is  minimized  by  the
conservative  nature of Real Estate's portfolio,  a  majority  of
which is leased to affiliates.

Holding Company

The DPUC had limited the amount that the Corporation could invest
in  unregulated diversified activities, without DPUC approval, to
40%  of  its  total  assets.  In January  1997,  the  Corporation
requested the DPUC to completely lift the restriction.   In  June
1997, the DPUC lifted the restriction.


                       EMPLOYEE RELATIONS

The  Corporation and its subsidiaries employed 9,841  persons  at
February  27, 1998, of whom approximately 63% are represented  by
the  Connecticut  Union of Telephone Workers, Inc.  ("CUTW"),  an
unaffiliated union.

In  January  1998, under the current union contract,  bargaining-
unit  employees  received a general wage increase totaling  3.0%;
made   up  of  various  forms  and  combinations  of  basic  wage
increases,  one-time  cash  payments  and/or  Cash  Balance  Plan
Account  credits.   The current labor agreement  will  expire  on
August  8,  1998.   Management and  the  union  expect  to  begin
negotiations on a new labor agreement early in 1998.

Item 2.  Properties

The   principal  properties  of  the  Corporation  do  not   lend
themselves  to a detailed description by character and  location.
The  majority of telecommunications property, plant and equipment
of  the  Corporation is owned by the Telephone Company.   Of  the
Corporation's  investment in telecommunications  property,  plant
and  equipment  at  December 31, 1997, central  office  equipment
represented 43%; connecting lines not on customers' premises, the
majority  of  which are over or under public roads,  highways  or
streets  and  the  remainder  over  or  under  private  property,
represented  35%;  land  and buildings (occupied  principally  by
central  offices)  represented  11%;  telephone  instruments  and
related wiring and equipment, including private branch exchanges,
substantially  all  of  which are on the premises  of  customers,
represented  1%;  and  other, principally  vehicles  and  general
office equipment, represented 10%.

Substantially  all of the central office equipment  installations
and   administrative  offices  are  located  in  Connecticut   in
buildings  owned by the Telephone Company situated on land  which
it   owns  in  fee.   Many  garages,  service  centers  and  some
administrative offices are located in rented quarters.

The  Corporation has a significant investment in the  properties,
facilities  and equipment necessary to conduct its business  with
the   overwhelming  majority  of  this  investment  relating   to
telephone operations.  Management believes that the Corporation's
facilities  and  equipment  are suitable  and  adequate  for  the
business.

                               13


Capital Expenditures

The Corporation has been making, and expects to continue to make,
significant   capital  expenditures  to  meet  the   demand   for
telecommunications services and to further improve such services.
The  total  gross  investment in property,  plant  and  equipment
increased from approximately $4.1 billion at December 31, 1992 to
approximately  $4.9  billion at December 31, 1997,  after  giving
effect   to   retirements,  but  before   deducting   accumulated
depreciation  at  either  date.  Since 1993,  cash  expended  for
capital additions was as follows:

Dollars in Millions,     
For the Years Ended      1997    1996    1995    1994    1993
Cash Expended for                                       
 Capital Additions       $472    $374    $357    $283    $269

In 1997, the Corporation funded its cash expenditures for capital
additions entirely through cash flows from operations.  In  1998,
capital  additions are expected to be approximately $475 million,
including  estimated additions of $290 to the  wireline  network.
These  additions include expenditures primarily  related  to  the
modernization, growth and upgrading of wireline's central  office
switching and circuit equipment, to meet customer demand for  new
services.  Additionally, to reduce maintenance costs and to  meet
access  line growth, increased focus is being placed on replacing
and  supplementing  the existing core network of  twisted  copper
wire and fiber-optic and coaxial cable.


Item 3.  Legal Proceedings

The  Corporation and certain of its subsidiaries are involved  in
various  claims and lawsuits that arise in the normal conduct  of
their  business.  In the opinion of management,  upon  advice  of
counsel, these claims will not have a material adverse effect  on
the  financial position, operating results or cash flows  of  the
Corporation or its subsidiaries.


Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

No  matter  was  submitted to a vote of security holders  in  the
fourth quarter of the fiscal year covered by this report.


                             PART II

Item  5.  Market  for the Registrant's Common Stock  and  Related
Stockholder Matters

The common stock of the Corporation is listed on the New York and
Pacific  stock  exchanges and the number of  holders  of  record,
computed  on the basis of registered accounts, was 47,787  as  of
February  27,  1998.  Information with respect to  the  quarterly
high,  low  and closing sales price for the Corporation's  common
stock  and quarterly cash dividends declared is included  in  the
registrant's  combined  1997 Annual Report  to  Shareholders  and
Proxy Statement on page 34 under the caption "Market and Dividend
Data" and is incorporated herein by reference pursuant to General
Instruction G(2).

                               14


Items 6 through 8.

Information required under Items 6 through 8 is included  in  the
registrant's  combined  1997 Annual Report  to  Shareholders  and
Proxy  Statement dated March 26, 1998 on pages 6  through  33  in
their  entirety and is incorporated herein by reference  pursuant
to General Instruction G(2).


Item  9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on
          Accounting and Financial Disclosure

No changes in or disagreements with accountants on any accounting
or  financial  disclosure occurred during the period  covered  by
this report.


                            PART III

Items 10 through 13.

Information required under Items 10 through 13 is included in the
registrant's  combined  1997 Annual Report  to  Shareholders  and
Proxy  Statement  dated March 26, 1998 on pages  38  through  47.
Such information is incorporated herein by reference pursuant  to
General Instruction G(3).

Information  regarding  executive  officers  of  the   registrant
required by Item 401(b) and (e) of Regulation S-K is included  in
Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K as follows:

                               15


             Executive Officers of the Registrant(1)
                    (as of February 27, 1998)
                                
                                
                                                                Executive
                                                                 Officer
       Name         Age(2)           Position                     Since
                                                             
Daniel J. Miglio     57     Chairman, President and          
                             Chief Executive Officer              1/86
Madelyn M. DeMatteo  49     Senior Vice President-           
                             General Counsel and Secretary        1/98
Karin D. Mayhew(3)   46     Senior Vice President-           
                             Organization Development             1/98
Fred T. Page         51     Senior Vice President-           
                             Network Services                     2/96
Ronald M. Serrano    42     Senior Vice President-Communication           
                             Information and Entertainment Group  1/93
Donald R. Shassian   42     Senior Vice President and Chief      
                             Financial Officer                   12/93  
                                
(1) Executive  officers  subject  to Section  16  of  the  Securities
    Exchange Act of 1934.
(2) As of December 31, 1997.
(3) Replaced  Jean M. LaVecchia whose employment with the Corporation
    ended December 31, 1997.


Mr.  Miglio, Ms. DeMatteo, Ms. Mayhew and Mr. Page have held high
level   managerial   positions  with  the  Corporation   or   its
subsidiaries for more than the past five years.  Mr. Serrano  was
a Vice President of Mercer Management Consulting, Inc., (formerly
Strategic Planning Associates) for more than five years prior  to
joining the Corporation.  Mr. Shassian was a partner with  Arthur
Andersen & Co., independent accountants, for more than five years
prior to joining the Corporation.

                               16


                             PART IV


Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedule, and Reports on Form 8-K

(a)  Documents filed as part of the report:                        Page
                                                        
     (1)  Report of Management                                       *
                                                        
          Report of Independent Accountants                          *
                                                        
          Consolidated Financial Statements:               
                                                        
            Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) -     
              for the years ended 
              December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995                       *    

            Consolidated Balance Sheets - as of            
              December 31, 1997 and 1996                             *
                                                        
            Consolidated Statements of Changes in          
              Shareholders' Equity - for                         
              the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995       *
                                                        
            Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows -        
              for the years ended                                
              December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995                       *
                                                        
            Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements               *
     
     (2)  Consolidated Financial Statement Schedule for the 
          year ended December 31, 1997
                                                        
            Report of Independent Accountants                       22
                                                        
            II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts                  23
                                                        
     Schedules other than those listed above have been omitted 
     because the  required  information  is  contained  in the 
     financial statements and notes thereto, or  because  such 
     schedules are not applicable.
                                                        

* Incorporated herein by reference to the appropriate portions
  of the registrant's combined 1997  Annual Report to Shareholders
  and Proxy Statement dated March 26, 1998 [see Part II].

                               17


  (3)      Exhibits:                                 

Exhibits  identified in parentheses below, on file with the  SEC,
are   incorporated  herein  by  reference  as  exhibits   hereto.
Exhibits numbered 10(iii)(A)1 through 10(iii)(A)17 are management
contracts or compensatory plans required to be filed as  exhibits
pursuant to Item 14(c) of Form 10-K.

Exhibit  
Number
         
2            Agreement  and Plan of Merger dated January  4,  1998,
             between   Southern   New  England   Telecommunications
             Corporation,  SBC Communications Inc.  and  SBC  (CT),
             Inc. (Exhibit 2 to Form 8-K dated 1/5/98, File No.  1-
             9157).
         
3a           Amended  and Restated Certificate of Incorporation  of
             the registrant as filed June 14, 1990 (Exhibit 3-A  to
             Form SE dated 3/15/91, File No. 1-9157).
         
3b           By-Laws  of  the registrant as amended  and  restated
             through  October  10, 1990 (Exhibit  3  to  Form  8-K
             dated 10/10/90, File No. 1-9157).
         
4a           Rights  Agreement  dated December  11,  1996  between
             Southern  New England Telecommunications  Corporation
             and  State  Street Bank and Trust Company, as  Rights
             Agent  (Exhibit  4 to Form 8-K dated  12/11/96,  File
             No.  1-9157).  Amendment No. 1 dated January 4,  1998
             (Exhibit  4.2 to Form 8-K dated 1/5/98, File  No.  1-
             9157).
         
4b           Stock   Option  Agreement  dated  January  4,   1998,
             between   Southern   New  England  Telecommunications
             Corporation,  SBC Communications Inc.  and  SBC  (CT)
             Inc. (Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K dated 1/5/98, File  No.
             1-9157).
         
4c           Indenture   dated  December  13,  1993  between   The
             Southern  New  England Telephone  Company  and  Fleet
             National  Bank  of  Connecticut, Trustee,  issued  in
             connection with the sale of $200,000,000  of  6  1/8%
             Medium-Term  Notes, Series C, due December  15,  2003
             and  $245,000,000 of 7 1/4% Medium-Term Notes, Series
             C, due December 15, 2033 (Exhibit 4b to 1994 Form 10-K
             dated 3/10/95, File No. 1-9157).
         
4d           Indenture  dated July 10, 1991 between the registrant
             and  Fleet  National  Bank of  Connecticut,  Trustee,
             issued  in  connection with the sale of  $100,000,000
             of  6  1/2%  Medium-Term Notes, Series 2, due  August
             15,  2000,  $200,000,000  of  7%  Medium-Term  Notes,
             Series 2, due August 15, 2005 and $100,000,000  of  6
             1/2%  Medium-Term Notes, Series 2, due  February  15,
             2002  (Exhibit  4c to 1995 Form 10-K  dated  3/20/96,
             File No. 1-9157).
         
10(iii)(A)1  SNET  Short  Term Incentive Plan as amended  February
             8,  1995 (Exhibit 10(iii)(A)1 to 1994 Form 10-K dated
             3/10/95, File No. 1-9157).
         
10(iii)(A)2  SNET  Long  Term Incentive Plan as amended  March  1,
             1993  (Exhibit  10(iii)(A)2 to 1992 Form  10-K  dated
             3/23/93, File No. 1-9157).
         
                               18


  (3)      Exhibits (continued):                        
         
Exhibit  
Number
         
10(iii)(A)3  SNET  Financial Counseling Program as amended January
             1987  (Exhibit 10-D to Form SE dated 3/23/87-1,  File
             No. 1-9157).
         
10(iii)(A)4  Group  Life Insurance Plan and Accidental  Death  and
             Dismemberment Benefits Plan for Outside Directors  of
             SNET  as  amended July 1, 1986 (Exhibit 10-E to  Form
             SE dated 3/23/87-1, File No. 1-9157).
         
10(iii)(A)5  SNET  Pension Benefit Plan as amended through January
             1, 1998.
         
10(iii)(A)6  SNET  Management  Pension Plan as amended  March  31,
             1995.  Amendments effective December 20, 1995 through
             April 1, 1996 (Exhibit 10(iii)(A)6 to 1995 Form  10-K
             dated   3/20/96,   File   No.  1-9157).    Amendments
             effective  April  1, 1996 through December  18,  1996
             (Exhibit 10(iii)(A)6 to 1996 Form 10-K dated 3/20/97,
             File  No. 1-9157).  Amendments effective July 9, 1997
             through January 1, 1998.
         
10(iii)(A)7  SNET  Incentive Award Deferral Plan as amended  March
             1,  1993 (Exhibit 10(iii)(A)7 to 1992 Form 10-K dated
             3/23/93, File No. 1-9157).
         
10(iii)(A)8  SNET  Mid-Career Pension Plan as amended November  1,
             1991 (Exhibit 10-D to Form SE dated 3/20/92, File No.
             1-9157).   Amendment dated December 8, 1993  (Exhibit
             10  (iii)(A)8  to 1993 Form 10-K dated 3/23/94,  File
             No. 1-9157).
         
10(iii)(A)9  SNET  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  for  Non-Employee
             Directors   as  amended  January  1,  1993   (Exhibit
             10(iii)(A)9 to 1992 Form 10-K dated 3/23/93, File No.
             1-9157).
         
10(iii)(A)10 Change-in-Control Agreements (Exhibit 10-F to Form SE
             dated 3/15/91, File No. 1-9157).
         
10(iii)(A)11 SNET  1986 Stock Option Plan as amended March 1,  1993
             (Exhibit   10(iii)(A)11  to  1992  Form   10-K   dated
             3/23/93,  File  No. 1-9157).  Amendment dated  January
             4, 1998.
         
10(iii)(A)12 SNET  Retirement and Disability Plan for  Non-Employee
             Directors   as   amended  April  14,   1993   (Exhibit
             10(iii)(A)12  to  1993 Form 10-K dated  3/23/94,  File
             No.   1-9157).   Amendment  dated  February  14,  1996
             (Exhibit   10(iii)(A)12  to  1996  Form   10-K   dated
             3/20/97, File No. 1-9157).
         
10(iii)(A)13 SNET   Non-Employee  Director  Stock  Plan   effective
             January  1, 1994 (Exhibit 4.4 to Registration No.  33-
             51055 on Form S-8, File No. 1-9157).
         
10(iii)(A)14 SNET  Executive  Retirement Savings  Plan  as  amended
             through January 1, 1998.
         
10(iii)(A)15 SNET  1995  Stock  Incentive  Plan  (Exhibit  4.4   to
             Registration   No.   33-64975,   File   No.   1-9157).
             Amendment dated January 4, 1998.
         
                               19



  (3)      Exhibits (continued):                        
         
Exhibit  
Number
         
10(iii)(A)16 SNET  Non-Employee Director Stock Plan effective  June
             1,  1996 (Exhibit 4.2 to Registration No. 333-05757 on
             Form S-8, File No. 1-9157).
         
10(iii)(A)17 SNET Stay Bonus Program effective January 4, 1998.

         
12           Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
         
13           Pages  6 through 34 of the registrant's combined  1997
             Annual Report to Shareholders and Proxy Statement  for
             the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.
         
21           Subsidiaries of the Corporation.
         
23           Consent of Independent Accountants.
         
24a          Powers of Attorney.
         
24b          Board of Directors' Resolution.
         
27           Financial Data Schedule.
         
99a          Annual  Report  on Form 11-K for the plan  year  ended
             December  31, 1997 for the SNET Management  Retirement
             Savings  Plan will be filed as an amendment  prior  to
             June 30, 1998.
         
99b          Annual  Report  on Form 11-K for the plan  year  ended
             December   31,   1997  for  the  SNET  Bargaining-Unit
             Retirement Savings Plan will be filed as an  amendment
             prior to June 30, 1998.

The  Corporation will furnish, without charge, to  a  shareholder
upon  request  a  copy  of the combined  1997  Annual  Report  to
Shareholders   and  Proxy  Statement,  portions  of   which   are
incorporated by reference, and will furnish any other exhibit  at
cost.

(b) Reports on Form 8-K:

    On  October 23, 1997, the Corporation and the Telephone Company
    filed, separately, reports on Form 8-K, dated October 23,  1997
    announcing  the Corporation's financial results for  the  third
    quarter of 1997.
  
    On  January  5,  1998 and January 6, 1998, the Corporation  and
    the  Telephone Company respectively filed, separately,  reports
    on  Form  8-K, dated January 5, 1998, announcing the  execution
    of  an  agreement  with SBC Communications  Inc.,  whereby  the
    Corporation will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of SBC.
  
    On  January 27, 1998, the Corporation and the Telephone Company
    filed,  separately,  reports on Form  8-K,  dated  January  27,
    1998, announcing the Corporation's 1997 financial results.
  
                               20


                           SIGNATURES


Pursuant  to  the  requirements of Section 13  or  15(d)  of  the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly  caused
this  report  to  be  signed on its behalf  by  the  undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized.

SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND TELECOMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

By   /s/ Donald R. Shassian
         Donald R. Shassian, Senior Vice President
         and Chief Financial Officer                 March 20, 1998

Pursuant  to the requirements of the Securities Exchange  Act  of
1934,  this report has been signed below by the following persons
on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date
indicated.

PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER:

  Daniel J. Miglio*
  Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director


PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL AND ACCOUNTING OFFICER:

  Donald R. Shassian                    
  Senior Vice President and          By /s/ Donald R. Shassian
  Chief Financial Officer                  (Donald R. Shassian, as attorney-
                                           in-fact and on his own behalf)



DIRECTORS:

  William F. Andrews*
  Richard H. Ayers*
  Robert L. Bennett*
  Barry M. Bloom*                    March 20, 1998
  Frank J. Connor*
  William R. Fenoglio*
  Claire L. Gaudiani*
  Ira D. Hall*
  Burton G. Malkiel*
  Frank R. O'Keefe, Jr.*             
  Joyce M. Roche*                    * by power of attorney

                               21



                REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Shareholders of
Southern New England Telecommunications Corporation:


Our  report on the consolidated financial statements of  Southern
New  England Telecommunications Corporation has been incorporated
by  reference  in  this Form 10-K from the combined  1997  Annual
Report  to  Shareholders  and Proxy  Statement  of  Southern  New
England  Telecommunications Corporation on page 15  therein.   In
connection with our audits of such financial statements, we  have
also audited the related financial statement schedule for each of
the  three years in the period ended December 31, 1997 listed  in
Item 14(a)(2) of this Form 10-K.

In  our  opinion,  the financial statement schedule  referred  to
above,  when  considered  in relation to the  basic  consolidated
financial  statements taken as a whole, presents fairly,  in  all
material  respects,  the  information  required  to  be  included
therein.





Hartford, Connecticut           /s/ COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.
January 27, 1998

                               22



       SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND TELECOMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

         SCHEDULE II--VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                      (Dollars in Millions)


COLUMN A        COLUMN B           COLUMN C              COLUMN D    COLUMN E
                                 
                                   Additions
               Balance at                                             Balance
             beginning of   Charged to      Charged to                 at end
Description        period     expense   other accounts  Deductions  of period
                                                                   

Allowance for Uncollectible
  Accounts Receivable:
                                                                 
  Year 1997     $27.4         $43.4        $11.3  (a)    $49.6  (b)    $32.5
  Year 1996      34.2          42.6          5.1  (a)     54.5  (b)     27.4
  Year 1995      29.8          23.1          3.6  (a)     22.3  (b)     34.2

Allowance for Uncollectible
  Direct-Financing Lease Notes Receivable:
                                                                 
  Year 1997     $11.0         $   -        $   -         $   -         $11.0
  Year 1996       9.7           1.8            -           0.5  (b)     11.0
  Year 1995       8.4           1.4            -           0.1  (b)      9.7

Restructuring Charge:
                                                                 
  Year 1997     $31.5         $   -        $   -         $25.0         $ 6.5
  Year 1996      77.0             -            -          45.5  (c)     31.5
  Year 1995     264.9             -            -         187.9  (c)     77.0


(a)  Includes  amounts previously written off that were  credited
     directly  to  this account when recovered and  miscellaneous
     amounts.

(b)  Includes   amounts  written  off  as  uncollectible.    1997
     reflects  the  continuous  collection  difficulties  as  the
     competitive  environment increases despite the Corporation's
     increased emphasis on collections.  1996 also includes fully
     reserved  amounts  written off of $17.8 as  a  result  of  a
     revised   procedure  to  write-off  uncollectible   accounts
     receivable within a shorter time frame.

(c)  Includes  non-cash net pension and postretirement settlement
     gain  charged against the restructuring reserve of $65.1  in
     1996 and curtailment losses of $102.2 in 1995.

                               23


                          EXHIBIT INDEX     
                          
Exhibits identified in parentheses below, on file with the SEC,
are incorporated herein by reference as exhibits hereto.

Exhibit  
Number
         
2            Agreement  and Plan of Merger dated January  4,  1998,
             between   Southern   New  England   Telecommunications
             Corporation,  SBC Communications Inc.  and  SBC  (CT),
             Inc. (Exhibit 2 to Form 8-K dated 1/5/98, File No.  1-
             9157).
         
3a           Amended  and Restated Certificate of Incorporation  of
             the registrant as filed June 14, 1990 (Exhibit 3-A  to
             Form SE dated 3/15/91, File No. 1-9157).
         
3b           By-Laws  of  the registrant as amended  and  restated
             through  October  10, 1990 (Exhibit  3  to  Form  8-K
             dated 10/10/90, File No. 1-9157).
         
4a           Rights  Agreement  dated December  11,  1996  between
             Southern  New England Telecommunications  Corporation
             and  State  Street Bank and Trust Company, as  Rights
             Agent  (Exhibit  4 to Form 8-K dated  12/11/96,  File
             No.  1-9157).  Amendment No. 1 dated January 4,  1998
             (Exhibit  4.2 to Form 8-K dated 1/5/98, File  No.  1-
             9157).
         
4b           Stock   Option  Agreement  dated  January  4,   1998,
             between   Southern   New  England  Telecommunications
             Corporation,  SBC Communications Inc.  and  SBC  (CT)
             Inc. (Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K dated 1/5/98, File  No.
             1-9157).
         
4c           Indenture   dated  December  13,  1993  between   The
             Southern  New  England Telephone  Company  and  Fleet
             National  Bank  of  Connecticut, Trustee,  issued  in
             connection with the sale of $200,000,000  of  6  1/8%
             Medium-Term  Notes, Series C, due December  15,  2003
             and  $245,000,000 of 7 1/4% Medium-Term Notes, Series
             C, due December 15, 2033 (Exhibit 4b to 1994 Form 10-K
             dated 3/10/95, File No. 1-9157).
         
4d           Indenture  dated July 10, 1991 between the registrant
             and  Fleet  National  Bank of  Connecticut,  Trustee,
             issued  in  connection with the sale of  $100,000,000
             of  6  1/2%  Medium-Term Notes, Series 2, due  August
             15,  2000,  $200,000,000  of  7%  Medium-Term  Notes,
             Series 2, due August 15, 2005 and $100,000,000  of  6
             1/2%  Medium-Term Notes, Series 2, due  February  15,
             2002  (Exhibit  4c to 1995 Form 10-K  dated  3/20/96,
             File No. 1-9157).
         
10(iii)(A)1  SNET  Short  Term Incentive Plan as amended  February
             8,  1995 (Exhibit 10(iii)(A)1 to 1994 Form 10-K dated
             3/10/95, File No. 1-9157).
         
10(iii)(A)2  SNET  Long  Term Incentive Plan as amended  March  1,
             1993  (Exhibit  10(iii)(A)2 to 1992 Form  10-K  dated
             3/23/93, File No. 1-9157).
         
10(iii)(A)3  SNET  Financial Counseling Program as amended January
             1987  (Exhibit 10-D to Form SE dated 3/23/87-1,  File
             No. 1-9157).
         
10(iii)(A)4  Group  Life Insurance Plan and Accidental  Death  and
             Dismemberment Benefits Plan for Outside Directors  of
             SNET  as  amended July 1, 1986 (Exhibit 10-E to  Form
             SE dated 3/23/87-1, File No. 1-9157).
         
10(iii)(A)5  SNET  Pension Benefit Plan as amended through January
             1, 1998.
         
10(iii)(A)6  SNET  Management  Pension Plan as amended  March  31,
             1995.  Amendments effective December 20, 1995 through
             April 1, 1996 (Exhibit 10(iii)(A)6 to 1995 Form  10-K
             dated   3/20/96,   File   No.  1-9157).    Amendments
             effective  April  1, 1996 through December  18,  1996
             (Exhibit 10(iii)(A)6 to 1996 Form 10-K dated 3/20/97,
             File  No. 1-9157).  Amendments effective July 9, 1997
             through January 1, 1998.
         
10(iii)(A)7  SNET  Incentive Award Deferral Plan as amended  March
             1,  1993 (Exhibit 10(iii)(A)7 to 1992 Form 10-K dated
             3/23/93, File No. 1-9157).
         
10(iii)(A)8  SNET  Mid-Career Pension Plan as amended November  1,
             1991 (Exhibit 10-D to Form SE dated 3/20/92, File No.
             1-9157).   Amendment dated December 8, 1993  (Exhibit
             10  (iii)(A)8  to 1993 Form 10-K dated 3/23/94,  File
             No. 1-9157).
         
10(iii)(A)9  SNET  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  for  Non-Employee
             Directors   as  amended  January  1,  1993   (Exhibit
             10(iii)(A)9 to 1992 Form 10-K dated 3/23/93, File No.
             1-9157).
         
10(iii)(A)10 Change-in-Control Agreements (Exhibit 10-F to Form SE
             dated 3/15/91, File No. 1-9157).
         
10(iii)(A)11 SNET  1986 Stock Option Plan as amended March 1,  1993
             (Exhibit   10(iii)(A)11  to  1992  Form   10-K   dated
             3/23/93,  File  No. 1-9157).  Amendment dated  January
             4, 1998.
         
10(iii)(A)12 SNET  Retirement and Disability Plan for  Non-Employee
             Directors   as   amended  April  14,   1993   (Exhibit
             10(iii)(A)12  to  1993 Form 10-K dated  3/23/94,  File
             No.   1-9157).   Amendment  dated  February  14,  1996
             (Exhibit   10(iii)(A)12  to  1996  Form   10-K   dated
             3/20/97, File No. 1-9157).
         
10(iii)(A)13 SNET   Non-Employee  Director  Stock  Plan   effective
             January  1, 1994 (Exhibit 4.4 to Registration No.  33-
             51055 on Form S-8, File No. 1-9157).
         
10(iii)(A)14 SNET  Executive  Retirement Savings  Plan  as  amended
             through January 1, 1998.
         
10(iii)(A)15 SNET  1995  Stock  Incentive  Plan  (Exhibit  4.4   to
             Registration   No.   33-64975,   File   No.   1-9157).
             Amendment dated January 4, 1998.
         
10(iii)(A)16 SNET  Non-Employee Director Stock Plan effective  June
             1,  1996 (Exhibit 4.2 to Registration No. 333-05757 on
             Form S-8, File No. 1-9157).
         
10(iii)(A)17 SNET Stay Bonus Program effective January 4, 1998.

         
12           Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
         
13           Pages  6 through 34 of the registrant's combined  1997
             Annual Report to Shareholders and Proxy Statement  for
             the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.
         
21           Subsidiaries of the Corporation.
         
23           Consent of Independent Accountants.
         
24a          Powers of Attorney.
         
24b          Board of Directors' Resolution.
         
27           Financial Data Schedule.
         
99a          Annual  Report  on Form 11-K for the plan  year  ended
             December  31, 1997 for the SNET Management  Retirement
             Savings  Plan will be filed as an amendment  prior  to
             June 30, 1998.
         
99b          Annual  Report  on Form 11-K for the plan  year  ended
             December   31,   1997  for  the  SNET  Bargaining-Unit
             Retirement Savings Plan will be filed as an  amendment
             prior to June 30, 1998.



                                  
                                  
                                  
                      SNET PENSION BENEFIT PLAN
                                  
          With Amendments Effective Through January 1, 1998
                                  
                                  
                                  
                                  



                                  
January 19, 1998




                          TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                  

ARTICLE A.  SNET PENSION BENEFIT PLAN EXCESS BENEFIT PROGRAM

SECTION 1. PURPOSE OF ARTICLE A OF THIS PLAN                    2

SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS APPLICABLE UNDER ARTICLE A OF THIS PLAN  3

SECTION 3. ADMINISTRATION OF ARTICLE A OF THIS PLAN             5

SECTION 4. EXCESS PENSION BENEFITS - BENEFIT LIMITATION         7
     1. PARTICIPATION                                           7
     2. AMOUNT AND METHOD OF PAYMENT                            7
     3. RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER PLANS                             9

SECTION 5. EXCESS PENSION BENEFITS - COMPENSATION LIMITATION   10
     1. PARTICIPATION                                          10
     2. CASH BALANCE PLAN ACCOUNT                              10
     3. CBPA DISTRIBUTION OPTIONS                              11
     4. CBPA BENEFIT PAYABLE IN EVENT OF PRERETIREMENT DEATH   12
     5. PRERETIREMENT DEATH BENEFIT                            12
     6. BENEFICIARY IN EVENT OF PRERETIREMENT DEATH            12
     7. EXCESS DEATH BENEFIT                                   12

SECTION 6. GENERAL PROVISIONS                                  13
     1. EFFECTIVE DATE                                         13
     2. RIGHTS TO BENEFITS                                     13
     3. ASSIGNMENT OR ALIENATION                               13
     4. BREAKS IN SERVICE                                      13
     5. LEAVES OF ABSENCE                                      13
     6. MULTIPLE PARTICIPATING COMPANY EMPLOYMENT              13
     7. PAYMENT TO OTHERS                                      13
     8. PLAN TERMINATION                                       14
     9. SOURCE OF PAYMENTS                                     14
     10. UNFUNDED STATUS                                       14

SECTION 7. CHANGE OF CONTROL                                   15

SECTION 8. PLAN MODIFICATION APPLICABLE TO ARTICLE A           18





ARTICLE B.  SNET PENSION BENEFIT PLAN EXECUTIVE NON-QUALIFIED 
PENSION AND DEATH BENEFIT PROGRAM

SECTION 1. PURPOSE OF ARTICLE B OF THIS PLAN                   19

SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS APPLICABLE UNDER ARTICLE B OF THIS PLAN 20

SECTION 3. ADMINISTRATION OF THIS ARTICLE B                    23

SECTION 4. NON-QUALIFIED PENSION BENEFITS                      25
     1. PARTICIPATION                                          25
     2. ELIGIBILITY                                            25
     3. BENEFIT AMOUNTS                                        26
     4. PAYMENTS TO EXECUTIVES                                 30
     5. NO SURVIVING SPOUSE                                    30
     6. POST-TERMINATION JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY            30
     7. DEFERRAL OF PAYMENTS                                   31
     8. TREATMENT DURING SUBSEQUENT EMPLOYMENT                 31
     9. TERMINATION OF NON-QUALIFIED PENSION BENEFIT PROGRAM   32

SECTION 5. DEATH BENEFITS                                      33
     1. PARTICIPATION AND ADMINISTRATION                       33
     2. DEFINITION OF DEATH BENEFIT AMOUNT                     33
     3. PAYMENT OF DEATH BENEFITS                              33
     4. WAIVER OF BENEFIT                                      33

SECTION 6. POST-RETIREMENT LIFE INSURANCE SUPPLEMENT PROGRAM   34
     1. DESCRIPTION                                            34
     2. PARTICIPATION                                          34
     3. BENEFICIARY                                            34
     4. COVERAGE AMOUNTS                                       34

SECTION 7. POST-RETIREMENT SURVIVOR'S ANNUITY OPTION           36
     1. DESCRIPTION                                            36
     2. BENEFICIARY                                            36
     3. ELECTION OF BENEFIT                                    36
     4. BENEFIT AMOUNT                                         37

SECTION 8. GENERAL PROVISIONS                                  38
     1. EFFECTIVE DATE                                         38
     2. RIGHTS TO BENEFITS                                     38
     3. ASSIGNMENT OR ALIENATION                               38
     4. BREAKS IN SERVICE                                      38
     5. LEAVES OF ABSENCE                                      38
     6. LUMP SUM PAYMENTS                                      38
     7. MULTIPLE PARTICIPATING COMPANY EMPLOYMENT              39
     
     
     
     
     8. PAYMENT TO OTHERS                                      39
     9. PLAN TERMINATION                                       39
     10. SOURCE OF PAYMENTS                                    39
     11. UNFUNDED STATUS                                       40

SECTION 9. CHANGE OF CONTROL                                   41

SECTION 10. PLAN MODIFICATION                                  44



ARTICLE C.  SNET MID-CAREER PENSION PLAN PROGRAM

SECTION 1. PURPOSE OF ARTICLE C OF THIS PLAN                   45

SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS APPLICABLE UNDER ARTICLE C OF THIS PLAN 46

SECTION 3. ADMINISTRATION OF THIS ARTICLE C                    47

SECTION 4. MID-CAREER PENSION BENEFITS                         49
     1. PARTICIPATION                                          49
     2. MID-CAREER PENSION BENEFIT                             49
     3. TERMINATION OF NON-QUALIFIED PENSION BENEFIT           49

SECTION 5. GENERAL PROVISIONS                                  50
     1. EFFECTIVE DATE                                         50
     2. RIGHTS TO BENEFITS                                     50
     3. ASSIGNMENT OR ALIENATION                               50
     4. SOURCE OF PAYMENTS                                     51
     5. UNFUNDED STATUS                                        51

SECTION 6. CHANGE OF CONTROL                                   52

SECTION 7. PLAN MODIFICATION APPLICABLE TO ARTICLE C           55




                      SNET PENSION BENEFIT PLAN
                                  
SECTION 1.     PURPOSE

     The purpose of the SNET Pension Benefit Plan (the "Plan") is to
provide for eligible management, bargaining unit and highly
compensated employees of Southern New England Telecommunications
Corporation (the "Corporation") (and its subsidiaries which have
determined, with the consent of the Committee, to participate in this
Plan), employer-provided benefits (i) for certain benefits not
otherwise available under the SNET Management Pension Plan
("SNETMPP") by reason of the application of Section 401(a)(17) of the
Internal Revenue Code ("Code"); and (ii) for certain benefits which
would have been otherwise payable under the SNETMPP or the SNET
Pension Plan ("SNETPP") but for the limitations imposed by Section
415 of the Code; and (iii) for certain non-qualified pension and
death benefits for highly compensated employees.

     The Plan is intended to constitute an unfunded "excess benefit
plan" as defined in Section 3(36) of the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), to the extent it provides
benefits that would be distributed under the SNET Management Pension
Plan or the SNET Pension Plan but for the limitations of Section 415
of the Code, and an "unfunded plan of deferred compensation for a
select group of management or highly compensated employees" for
purposes of Title I of ERISA, to the extent it provides other
benefits.

     This Plan shall consist of three components: (1) Article A which
contains the excess benefit plan program; (2) Article B which
contains the non-qualified pension and death benefit plan program;
and (3) Article C which incorporates the  non-qualified pension
program provisions which were previously provided under the SNET Mid-
Career Pension Plan.

                                  1     
                                  
                                  
    ARTICLE A.  SNET PENSION BENEFIT PLAN EXCESS BENEFIT PROGRAM


SECTION 1.     PURPOSE OF ARTICLE A OF THIS PLAN

     The purpose of this Article A of the Plan is to provide eligible
management, bargaining unit  and highly compensated employees of the
Corporation (and its subsidiaries which have determined, with the
consent of the Committee, to participate in this Plan), employer-
provided benefits (i) for certain benefits not otherwise available
under the SNETMPP  by reason of the application of Section 401(a)(17)
of the Internal Revenue Code ("Code"); and (ii) for certain benefits
which would have been otherwise payable under the  SNETMPP or the
SNETPP but for the limitations imposed by Section 415 of the Code.

                                  2


SECTION 2.     DEFINITIONS APPLICABLE UNDER ARTICLE A OF THIS PLAN

     1.   The term "ADEA" shall mean the Age Discrimination in
Employment Act of 1967 as amended in 1978 and as it may be amended
from time to time.

     2.   The term "Benefit Limitation" shall mean the maximum
"annual benefit" payable to participants under the SNETMPP or the
SNETPP in accordance with Section 415 of the Code, but after
application of the Compensation Limitation, if any, under the SNETMPP
or the SNETPP.

     3.   The words "Chairman of the Board", "President", and "Board
of Directors" or "Board" shall mean the Chairman of the Board of
Directors, President, and Board of Directors, respectively, of the
Corporation.

     4.   The term "Change of Control" shall be defined as set forth
in Section 7 of this Article A.

     5.   The term "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended from time to time.

     6.   The word "Committee" shall mean the Employees' Benefit
Committee appointed by the Board of Directors to administer the Plan.

     7.   The word "Company" shall mean The Southern New England
Telephone Company, a Connecticut corporation, or its successors.

     8.   The term "Compensation Limitation" shall mean the maximum
amount of compensation which may be included in the SNETMPP under
Section 401(a)(17) of the Code that may be taken into account in any
Plan Year for benefit accrual purposes under the SNETMPP.

     9.   The word "Corporation" shall mean Southern New England
Telecommunications Corporation, a Connecticut corporation, or its
successors.

      10. The term "Excess Pension Benefit" means the benefit, if
any, described in Section 4 of this Article A which is payable to a
Participant under the terms of the Plan.

     11.  The term "Participant" shall mean an individual who has
satisfied the eligibility requirements of Paragraph 1 of Section 4 of
this Article A and/or of Paragraph 1 of Section 5 of this Article A,
for receipt of an excess pension benefit payable under the provisions
of this Article A.

     12.  The term "Participating Company" shall mean the Corporation
or any Subsidiary of the Corporation which shall have determined,
with the concurrence of the Committee, to participate in the Plan.

                                  3


     13.  The words "Pension Act" shall mean the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA), as it may be amended from time
to time.

     14.  The word "Plan" shall mean the SNET Pension Benefit Plan.

     15.  The term "SNETMPP" shall mean the SNET Management Pension
Plan.

     16.  The term "SNETPP" shall mean the SNET Pension Plan.

     17.  The words "Subsidiary or Subsidiaries" shall mean any
corporation, partnership or other entity of which at least 50% of the
Voting Stock is owned directly or indirectly by the Corporation.

     18.  The words "Surviving Spouse" shall mean a spouse who is
married to the Participant on the earlier of (a) the Participant's
annuity starting date under the SNETMPP or SNETPP, whichever is
applicable, or (b) the date of the Participant's death.

     19.  The expression "Term of Employment", except as expressly
limited or stated elsewhere in the Plan, shall have the same meaning
as that expression is used in the SNETMPP or the SNETPP.

     20.  The use in this Plan of personal pronouns of the masculine
gender is intended to include both the masculine and feminine
genders.

                                  4



SECTION 3.     ADMINISTRATION OF ARTICLE A OF THIS PLAN

     1.   The Corporation shall be the Sponsor of the Plan and the
Plan Administrator of the Plan as those terms are defined in the
Pension Act.  The Committee shall have the administrative
responsibilities set forth below.

     2.   (a)  The Committee shall have the specific powers elsewhere
herein granted to it and shall have such other powers as may be
necessary in order to enable it to administer the Plan, except for
powers herein granted or provided to be granted to others.

          (b)  The procedures for adoption of by-laws, and rules of
procedure, for the employment of a Secretary and assistants, with
authority with respect to claims of Participants, shall be the same
as are set forth in the SNETMPP.

          (c)  In accordance with the terms of the Plan, the
Secretary of the Committee shall grant or deny claims for benefits
under the Plan with respect to Participants and authorize
disbursements according to the terms of this Plan.  Adequate notice,
pursuant to applicable law, shall be provided in writing to any
Participant or beneficiary whose claim has been denied, setting forth
the specific reasons for such denial and any other information
required to be furnished under the Pension Act.

     3.   The review and appeal procedures for Participants whose
claims have been denied shall be the same as those procedures set
forth in the SNETMPP.

     4.   The Committee shall serve as the final review committee
under the Plan, with the authority to determine conclusively for all
parties any and all questions arising from administration of the
Plan, and shall have sole and complete discretionary authority and
control to manage the operation and administration of the Plan,
including, but not limited to, the determination of all questions
relating to eligibility for participation and benefits,
interpretation of all Plan provisions, determination of the amount
and kind of benefits payable to any Participant or Surviving Spouse,
and the construction of disputed and doubtful terms.  Such decisions
by the Committee shall be conclusive and binding on all parties and
not subject to further review.

     5.   The expenses of the Committee in administering the Plan
shall be borne by the Participating Companies.

     6.   The Corporation, the Company and the Committee are each a
named fiduciary as that term is used in the Pension Act with respect
to the particular duties and responsibilities herein provided to be
allocated to each of them.

     7.   The Corporation may allocate responsibilities for the
operation and administration of the Plan consistent with the Plan's
terms.  The Corporation and other named fiduciaries may designate in
writing other persons to carry out their respective responsibilities
under the Plan, and may employ persons to advise them with regard to
any such responsibilities.

                                  5



     8.   Any person or group of persons may serve in more than one
fiduciary capacity with respect to the Plan.


                                  6


SECTION 4.     EXCESS PENSION BENEFITS - BENEFIT LIMITATION

1.   Participation

     Participation in Section 4 of this Article A shall be limited to
those individuals classified as a Regular or Provisional Regular
Management or Bargaining Unit Employee on the SNET payroll system or
their Surviving Spouse whose benefits under the SNETMPP or SNETPP are
limited by reason of the application of the Benefit Limitation.

2.   Amount and Method of Payment

     (a)  Excess Pension Benefit.  If the benefit payable to a
Participant or a Surviving Spouse under the SNETMPP or the SNETPP is
limited by reason of the application of the Benefit Limitation, an
Excess Pension Benefit shall be distributed as provided under Section
4 of this Article A in favor of such Participant or Surviving Spouse.

     (b)  Amount of Excess Pension Benefit.  The amount, if any, of
the Excess Pension Benefit payable to a Participant or a Surviving
Spouse pursuant to Section 4 of this Article A shall be equal to the
difference between (i) and (ii) where:

          (i)  is the amount of the monthly pension benefit which
would be provided to the Participant or Surviving Spouse under the
SNETMPP or the SNETPP, without regard to the Benefit Limitation,
based upon the SNETMPP or the SNETPP formula, as applicable, in
effect as of the date of termination of employment or death; and

          (ii) is the amount of the monthly pension benefits actually
payable to such Participant or Surviving Spouse under the SNETMPP or
the SNETPP.

          The amount of the Excess Pension Benefit payable as a
result of the application of the Benefit Limitation under the SNETMPP
or the SNETPP shall be determined or redetermined, based upon the
SNETMPP or the SNETPP formula, as applicable, in effect as of the
date of termination of employment or death, (a) as of the date when
benefits are to commence pursuant to Paragraph (c) of Section 4 of
this Article A; (b) as of the effective date of any subsequent
increases and/or decreases in the Benefit Limitation, and/or (c) as
of the effective date of any cost of living increases in the monthly
benefit payable to a Participant, prior to application of the Benefit
Limitation, as a result of amendments to the SNETMPP and/or the
SNETPP, whichever is applicable.

     (c)  Payment of Pension Benefit.  Subject to Section 7 of this
Article A, Excess Pension Benefits, if any, payable under Section 4
of this Article A, (a) shall commence at the same time as the
Participant's pension benefit payable under the SNETMPP or SNETPP
and, (b) shall be distributed as follows: (i) for any Participant who
terminated employment prior to January 1, 1997, for as long as and in
the same form as the Participant's pension benefit under the SNETMPP
or SNETPP, provided, however, that the Committee shall have the right
to approve the Participant's election of the form of benefit payment;
or (ii) for any Participant who terminated employment on or after
January 1, 1997 and: (A) for distributions 

                                  7



effective prior to January 1, 1998, for as long as and in the same 
form as the Participant's pension benefit under the SNETMPP or SNETPP, 
provided, however, that the Committee shall have the right to approve 
the Participant's election of the form of benefit payment; or 
(B) for distributions effective on or after January 1, 1998, in 
a single lump sum payment, unless the Participant has elected 
at least one year prior to the commencement of payment of the 
Excess Pension Benefit, one of the following forms of payment: 
(i) a single life annuity, (ii) a 50% joint and survivor annuity, 
(iii) a lump sum certain, with or without a 50% survivor annuity, 
(iv) a combination 75% annuity, 25% lump sum, with or without a 50% 
survivor annuity or (v) a combination 50% annuity, 50% lump sum, 
with or without a 50% survivor annuity. 

     (d)  CBPA Benefit Payable in Event of Preretirement Death.  If a
Participant dies before the date as of which his or her vested CBPA
benefit commences under the SNETMPP or the SNETPP, the vested CBPA
payable under this Article A shall be distributed in a single lump
sum payment to the Participant's Surviving Spouse (or if there is no
Surviving Spouse, to the Participant's estate) after the death of the
Participant, except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 2(e) of this
Article A, Section 4.  There shall be no benefit payable under
Section 4 of this Article A upon the death of any non-vested
Participant.

     (e)  Beneficiary in Event of Preretirement Death .  Effective
May 22, 1996, a Participant, prior to termination of employment, may
designate a beneficiary other than a Surviving Spouse or his estate
to receive a single lump sum payment of his or her vested CBPA
payable under this Article A  in the event the Participant dies prior
to termination of employment or prior to commencement of the payment
of the vested CBPA payable under this Article A following his or her
termination of employment.  If there is no Beneficiary designated,
the vested CBPA shall be distributed in accordance with Paragraph
2(d) of this Article A, Section 4 in a single lump sum payment.
There shall be no benefit payable under Section 4 of this Article A
upon the death of any non-vested Participant.

     (f)  Determination of Pension Benefits.  Payments under Section
4 of this Article A shall be calculated in accordance with the rules,
procedures and assumptions utilized under the SNETMPP or the SNETPP,
whichever is applicable.  Whenever it is necessary to determine
whether one benefit is less than, equal to, or larger than another,
or to determine the equivalent actuarial value of any benefit,  such
determination shall be made at the Committee's discretion by the
Corporation's enrolled actuary or by an independent actuary selected
by the Committee, using mortality, interest and other assumptions
normally used at the time by such actuary in determining actuarial
equivalence under the SNETMPP or the SNETPP, whichever is applicable.

     (g)  Treatment During Subsequent Employment.  Employment with
any Participating Company subsequent to retirement or termination of
employment with entitlement to any type of benefit described
heretofore shall not suspend the right of a former Participant
receiving pension payments or a person otherwise entitled to receive
a pension  payment during the period he continues in such employment
and the form of distribution of such pension payments shall not be
changed as a result of such employment.

                                  8



     (h)  Future Benefit Adjustments.  If a Participant has commenced
receiving a benefit under Article A of this Plan in the form of a
joint and 50 percent survivor annuity and his or her surviving
annuitant subsequently predeceases him or her, the Participant's
Excess Pension Benefit under this Plan shall be calculated in
accordance with Paragraph 2(b) of this Section 4 and thereafter
distributed, prospectively, by restoring the original cost of the
joint and 50 percent survivor annuity form of benefit under this
Article A.  Such adjustment shall be effective as of the first day of
the first month following the death of the Participant's surviving
annuitant.  In the event that, following commencement of benefits to
a Participant under the Plan, the SNETMPP or SNETPP benefit is
subsequently increased, the Excess Pension Benefit to the Participant
under this Plan shall be recalculated as soon as practicable after
the SNETMPP or the SNETPP benefit is adjusted.

3.   Relationship to Other Plans

     Benefits payable to a Participant under Section 4 of this
Article A shall not duplicate benefits payable to such Participant
from any other plan or arrangement of the Corporation or any
Subsidiary.

                                  9



SECTION 5.     EXCESS PENSION BENEFITS - COMPENSATION LIMITATION

1.   Participation

     Participation in Section 5 of this Article A shall be limited to
those individuals (a) whose benefits under the SNETMPP are vested,
under the terms and conditions of the SNETMPP; (b) who are considered
to be within "a select group of management or highly compensated
employees" for purposes of Title I of the Pension Act; and (c) whose
annual compensation in any year exceeds the Compensation Limitation.

2.   Cash Balance Plan Account

     (a)  Effective Date

          Effective on or after January 1, 1996, each Participant
under this Section 5 shall have a Cash Balance Plan Account (CBPA)
established under this Plan.

     (b)  Cash Balance Plan Account Opening Balance

          The balance in each Participant's account as of the
effective date shall be calculated as is set forth in the SNETMPP,
except that the calculation shall include only eligible compensation
(as defined in the SNETMPP ) in excess of the maximum amount of
compensation which may be included in the SNETMPP under Section
401(a)(17) of the Code.

     (c)  Interest Credits

          Each Participant's CBPA will be credited with interest at
the same time, at the same rate, and in the same manner as is set
forth in the SNETMPP.

     (d)  Annual Pay Related Credits

          On the last day of each year commencing December 31, 1996,
each Participant's CBPA shall be credited with basic pay related
credits at the same time, at the same rate and in the same manner as
is set forth in the SNETMPP, provided, however, that such credit
shall be applied only to eligible compensation, as defined in the
SNETMPP, in excess of the maximum amount of compensation which may be
included in the SNETMPP  under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code.

     (e)  Supplemental Pay Credits

          On the last day of each year, commencing December 31, 1996,
each Participant's CBPA shall be credited with supplemental pay
credits at the same time, at the same rate and in the same manner as
is set forth in the SNETMPP, provided, however, that such supplemental 
pay credit shall be applied only to eligible compensation, as defined in 

                                  10



the SNETMPP, in excess of the maximum amount of compensation which 
may be included in the SNETMPP under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code.

     (f)  Accounts for New Participants

          If an individual is hired on or after January 1, 1996, no
CBPA shall be established on his behalf until a CBPA is established
on his behalf in the SNETMPP.  At such time, the basic pay related
credits and supplemental pay credits shall be based on his eligible
compensation, as defined in the SNETMPP, for the entire plan year in
which a CBPA is established,  in excess of the maximum amount of
compensation which may be included in the SNETMPP under Section
401(a)(17) of the Code.

     (g)  Determination of Pension Benefits.  Payments under Section
5 of this Article A shall be calculated in accordance with the rules,
procedures and assumptions utilized under the SNETMPP.  Whenever it
is necessary to determine whether one benefit is less than, equal to,
or larger than another, or to determine the equivalent actuarial
value of any benefit,  such determination shall be made at the
Committee's discretion by the Corporation's enrolled actuary or by an
independent actuary selected by the Committee, using mortality,
interest and other assumptions normally used at the time by such
actuary in determining actuarial equivalence under the SNETMPP.

     (h)  Relationship to Other Plans.  Benefits payable to a
Participant under Section 5 of this Article A shall not duplicate
benefits payable to such Participant from any other plan or
arrangement of the Corporation or any Subsidiary.

3.   CBPA Distribution Options

     Subject to Section 7 of this Article A, the distribution of a
Participant's CBPA, if any, payable under Section 5 of this Article
A, (a) shall commence at the same time time as the pension benefit
payable under the SNETMPP and (b) shall be distributed (b) shall be
distributed as follows: (i) for any Participant who terminated
employment prior to January 1, 1997, for as long as and in the same
form as the Participant's pension benefit under the SNETMPP,
provided, however, that the Committee shall have the right to approve
the Participant's election of the form of benefit payment; or (ii)
for any Participant who terminated employment on or after January 1,
1997 and: (A) for distributions effective prior to January 1, 1998,
for as long as and in the same form as the Participant's pension
benefit under the SNETMPP, provided, however, that the Committee
shall have the right to approve the Participant's election of the
form of benefit payment; or (B) for distributions effective on or
after January 1, 1998, in a single lump sum payment, unless the
Participant has elected at least one year prior to the commencement
of payment of the Excess Pension Benefit, one of the following forms
of payment (i) a single life annuity, (ii) a 50% joint and survivor
annuity, (iii) a lump sum certain, with or without a 50% survivor
annuity, (iv) a combination 75% annuity, 25% lump sum, with or
without a 50% survivor annuity or (v) a combination 50% annuity, 50%
lump sum, with or without a 50% survivor annuity.

                                  11




4.   CBPA Benefit Payable in Event of Preretirement Death

     If a Participant dies before the date as of which his or her
vested CPBA benefit commences under the SNETMPP, the vested CBPA
payable under this Article A shall be distributed in a single lump
sum payment to the Participant's Surviving Spouse (or if there is no
Surviving Spouse, to the Participant's estate), except as otherwise
provided in Paragraph 5 of Section 5 of this Article A.  There shall
be no benefit payable under Section 5 of this Article A upon the
death of any non-vested Participant.

5.   Beneficiary in Event of Preretirement Death

     Effective May 22, 1996, a Participant, prior to termination of
employment, may designate a beneficiary other than a Surviving Spouse
or his estate, to receive a single lump sum payment of his or her
vested CBPA payable under this Article A in the event the Participant
dies prior to termination of employment or prior to commencement of
the payment of the vested CBPA payable under this Article A following
his or her termination of employment.  If there is no Beneficiary
designated, the the vested CBPA shall be distributed in accordance
with Paragraph 4 of this Article A, Section 5 in a single lump sum
payment. There shall be no benefit payable under Section 5 of this
Article B upon the death of any non-vested Participant.

6.   Excess Death Benefit

     (a)  If the actual Active Employee Death Benefit or Retiree
Death Benefit ("Death Benefit") payable to any person as a result of
the death of a Participant under the terms of the SNETMPP is reduced
or limited by reason of the Compensation Limitation, an Excess Death
Benefit shall be distributed as provided in this Section 5 to the
beneficiary otherwise entitled to receive the Death Benefit under the
terms and conditions of the SNETMPP.

     (b)  The amount, if any, of the Excess Death Benefit payable
shall be equal to the difference between (A) and (B) where:

          (A)  is the amount of the Death Benefit which would be
     provided to the beneficiary under the SNETMPP without regard to
     the Compensation Limitation under the SNETMPP in effect as of
     the date of death; and
     
          (B)  is the amount of the Death Benefit actually payable to
     such beneficiary under the SNETMPP.
     
     (c)  The Excess Death Benefit provided under this Plan (i) shall
commence at the same time, (ii) shall be distributed for as long as,
and (iii) shall be distributed in the same benefit form as the
Committee or its delegate has determined with respect to the Death
Benefit payable under the SNETMPP.

                                  12




SECTION 6.     GENERAL PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE A

1.   Effective Date

     This Plan is effective with amendments through January 1, 1998.

2.   Rights to Benefits

     Neither the action of the Board of Directors in establishing
this Plan nor any action hereafter taken by the Board or the
Committee shall be construed as giving to any employee a right to be
retained in the service of any Participating Company or any right or
claim to any benefit after discharge from the service of any
Participating Company, unless the right to such benefit has accrued
prior to such discharge.  No employee shall have any right against
any Participating Company to any benefit under the Plan other than
the amount to which the employee has theretofore become entitled and
which the Committee has directed be distributed to that employee
under the Plan.  Benefits previously awarded may be discontinued at
any time at the sole discretion of the Corporation or any
Participating Company in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

3.   Assignment or Alienation

     Assignment or alienation of pensions or other benefits under
this Plan will not be permitted or recognized except as otherwise
required by law.

4.   Breaks in Service

     For purposes of this Plan, a break in service shall be defined
and treated in the same manner as is set forth in the SNETMPP.

5.   Leaves of Absence

     For purposes of this Plan, a leave of absence shall be defined
and administered in the same manner as is set forth in the SNETMPP.

6.   Multiple Participating Company Employment

     If a Participant is also a Participant of one or more other
Participating Companies, any benefit to which such Participant may
become entitled under the Plan shall be computed on the basis of the
total combined pay which he is receiving from all such companies.
Any maximum or minimum amounts fixed by the Plan for benefits shall
apply to the total amount payable by all companies and not to the
portion payable to any Participating Company or Companies.

7.   Payment to Others

     Benefits payable to any person to whom an amount is or 
was payable under the Plan who is unable to execute a proper 
receipt may  be  distributed  to  other  person(s) in 

                                  13


accordance with the standards and procedures set forth in the 
SNETMPP or the SNETPP, as applicable.

8.   Plan Termination

     The Board retains the right to terminate the Plan in whole or in
part, and each Participating Company retains the right to withdraw
from this Plan, at any time, for any reason, with or without notice.
Unless the Participant provides prior written consent, however, said
withdrawal or termination, as applicable, shall not affect the rights
of any Participant or Surviving Spouse to any benefit under this
Article A of the Plan to which such person may have previously become
entitled as a result of the Participant's disability, death,
termination of employment or a Change in Control which occurred prior
to the effective date of the withdrawal or termination.

9.   Source of Payments

     Benefits arising under this Plan and all costs, charges, and
expenses relating thereto will be payable from SNET's general assets.
SNET may, however, establish a trust to pay all or a portion of such
benefits and related expenses, provided such trust does not cause the
Plan to be "funded" within the meaning of ERISA.  To the extent trust
assets are available, they may be used to pay benefits arising under
this Plan and all costs, charges, and expenses relating thereto.  To
the extent that the funds held in the trust, if any, are insufficient
to pay such benefits, costs, charges and expenses, SNET shall pay
such benefits, costs, charges, and expenses from its general assets.

10.  Unfunded Status

     The Plan at all times shall be entirely unfunded for purposes of
the Code and ERISA and no provision shall at any time be made with
respect to segregating any assets of a Participating Company for
payment of any benefits hereunder.  Funds that may be invested
through a trust described in Paragraph 9 of Section 6 of this Article
A shall continue for all purposes to be part of the general assets of
the Participating Company which invested the funds.  The Plan
constitutes a mere promise by SNET and the Participating Companies to
make benefit payments, if any, in the future.  No Participant,
Surviving Spouse or any other person shall have any interest in any
particular assets of a Participating Company by reason of the right
to receive a benefit under the Plan and to the extent the
Participant, Surviving Spouse or any other person acquires a right to
receive benefits under this Plan, such right shall be no greater than
the right of any unsecured general creditor of a Participating
Company.

                                  14



SECTION 7.     CHANGE OF CONTROL

     Any provision of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, in
the event of a Change of Control (as defined below), any benefit
accrued as of and through the Change of Control, including, without
limitation, by current Participants, former Participants or their
annuitants or beneficiaries, including those currently receiving
payments under the Plan, shall not be subject to forfeiture or
suspension and shall be distributed in a single lump sum on the last
day of the month following the month in which the Change of Control
occurred, for those individuals currently receiving payments under
Article A of the Plan, and on the last day of the month following the
month in which occurs the event (e.g., termination of employment,
disability or death) giving rise to the obligations of the Company or
Participating Company to pay such benefit, for those individuals not
currently receiving payments under Article A of the Plan.  For this
purpose, the accrued benefit shall be calculated based upon the
provisions of the Plan in effect immediately prior to the Change of
Control as if the event giving rise to the obligation of the
Corporation or Participating Company to pay such benefit pursuant to
the preceding sentence had occurred on the date of the Change of
Control and shall not be adversely affected because of any subsequent
events, including, without limitation, termination or amendment of
the Plan or the SNETMPP or SNETPP, or lack of continued status.

     For purposes of this Section 7 of Article A, a Change of Control
shall mean:

          (A)  an acquisition by any individual, entity or group
     (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the
     Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
     Act")) (a "Person") of beneficial ownership (within the meaning
     of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more
     of either (i) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the
     Corporation (the Outstanding Corporation Common Stock") or (ii)
     the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting
     securities of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the
     election of directors (the "Outstanding Corporation Voting
     Securities"); excluding, however, the following: (1) any
     acquisition directly from the Corporation, other than an
     acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege
     unless the security being so converted was itself acquired
     directly from the Corporation, (2) any acquisition by the
     Corporation, (3) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan
     (or related trust) participated in by the Corporation or any
     corporation controlled by the Corporation or (4) any acquisition
     by any corporation pursuant to a reorganization, merger,
     consolidation or similar corporate transaction (in each case, a
     "Corporate Transaction"), if, pursuant to such Corporate
     Transaction, the conditions described in clauses (i), (ii) and
     (iii) of Paragraph (C) of this Section 7 of this Article A are
     satisfied; or
     
          (B)  a change in the composition of the Board of Directors
     of the Corporation (the "Board") such that the individuals who,
     as of December 12, 1990, constitute the Board (the Board as of
     the above date shall be hereinafter referred to as the
     "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a
     majority of the Board; provided, however, for purposes of this
     Section 7, that any individual who becomes a member of the Board
     subsequent to the above date whose election, or nomination for

                                  15



     election by the shareholders of the Corporation, was approved by
     a vote of at least a majority of those individuals who are
     members of the Board and who were also members of the Incumbent
     Board (or deemed to be such pursuant to this provision) shall be
     considered as though such individual were a member of the
     Incumbent Board; but, provided further, that any such individual
     whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either
     an actual or threatened election contest (as such terms are used
     in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange
     Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or
     consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board shall
     not be so considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; or
     
          (C)  the approval by the shareholders of the Corporation of
     a Corporate Transaction or, if consummation of such Corporate
     Transaction is subject, at the time of such approval by
     shareholders, to the consent of any government or governmental
     agency, the obtaining of such consent (either explicitly or
     implicitly by consummation); excluding, however, such a
     Corporate Transaction pursuant to which (i) all or substantially
     all of the individuals and entities who are the beneficial
     owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Corporation Common
     Stock and Outstanding Corporation Voting Securities immediately
     prior to such Corporate Transaction will beneficially own,
     directly or indirectly, more than 60% of, respectively, the
     outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting
     from such Corporate Transaction and the combined voting power of
     the outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled
     to vote generally in the election of directors, in substantially
     the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to
     such Corporate Transaction, of the Outstanding Corporation
     Common Stock and Outstanding Corporation Voting Securities, as
     the case may be, (ii) no Person (other than the Corporation, any
     employee benefit plan (or related trust) participated in by the
     Corporation or such Corporation resulting form such Corporate
     Transaction and any Person beneficially owning, immediately
     prior to such Corporate Transaction and any person beneficially
     owning, immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction,
     directly or indirectly, 20% or more of the Outstanding
     Corporation Common Stock or Outstanding Voting Securities, as
     the case may be) will beneficially own, directly or indirectly,
     20% or more of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common
     stock of the corporation resulting from such Corporate
     Transaction or the combined voting power of the then outstanding
     voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally
     in the election of directors and (iii) individuals who were
     members of the Incumbent Board will constitute at least a
     majority of the members of the board of directors of the
     corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction; or
     
          (D)  the approval by the shareholders of the Corporation of
     (i) a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation or
     (ii) the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all
     of the assets of the Corporation; excluding, however, such a
     sale or other disposition to a corporation, with respect to
     which following such sale or other disposition, (l) more than
     60% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common
     stock of such corporation and the combined voting power of the then 
     
                                  16
     
     
     
     outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled
     to vote generally in the election of directors will be then
     beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by all or
     substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the
     beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Corporation
     Common Stock and Outstanding Corporation Voting Securities
     immediately prior to such sale of other disposition in
     substantially the same proportion as their ownership,
     immediately prior to such sale or other disposition, of the
     Outstanding Corporation Common Stock and Outstanding corporation
     Voting Securities, as the case may be, (2) no Person (other than
     the Corporation and any employee benefit plan (or related trust)
     participated in by the Corporation or such corporation and any
     Person beneficially owning, immediately prior to such sale or
     other disposition, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of the
     Outstanding Corporation Common Stock or Outstanding corporation
     Voting Securities, as the case may be) will beneficially own,
     directly or indirectly, 20% or more for, respectively, the then
     outstanding shares of common stock of such corporation and the
     combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities
     of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election
     of directors and (3) individuals who were members of the
     Incumbent Board will constitute at least a majority of the
     members of the board of directors of such corporation.
     
                                  17



SECTION 8.     PLAN MODIFICATION APPLICABLE TO ARTICLE A

     The Board may from time to time make changes in the Plan.  In
addition, the Senior Vice President-Organization Development of the
Corporation (or any successor to that officer's responsibilities),
with the concurrence of the Senior Vice President and General Counsel
of the Corporation (or any successor to that officer's
responsibilities), shall be authorized to make minor or
administrative changes to the Plan, as well as changes dictated by
the requirements of federal or state statutes applicable to any
Participating Company or authorized or made desirable by such
statutes.  Such changes shall not affect the rights of any
Participant, Surviving Spouse or parent, without the Participant's
consent, to any benefit under the Plan to which such person may have
previously become entitled as a result of a disability, death,
termination of employment or a Change in Control which occurred prior
to the effective date of such change.

                                  18




ARTICLE B.  SNET PENSION BENEFIT PLAN EXECUTIVE NON-QUALIFIED PENSION
                      AND DEATH BENEFIT PROGRAM


SECTION 1.     PURPOSE OF ARTICLE B OF THIS PLAN

     The purpose of this Article B of the Plan is to provide eligible
management and highly compensated employees of the Corporation and
its subsidiaries which have determined, with the consent of the
Committee, to participate in this Plan, employer-provided benefits
(i) for certain forms of compensation otherwise excluded under the
SNETMPP accrued benefit formula; and (ii) for supplementary death
benefit coverage, as set forth more fully herein, to Non-
Grandfathered Executives of the Corporation who retire from service,
or in the event of death after retirement, to their annuitants,
dependent relatives or beneficiaries, as applicable. The benefits
provided under this Article B were formerly provided under the SNET
Executive Non-Qualified Pension Plan and Excess Benefit Plan.
Benefits are payable to Participants who retire from service, or in
the event of death after retirement, to their dependent relatives or
in certain cases, to their annuitants.  These pension and death
benefits are predicated on the actual and/or Standard Awards under
SNET's Short Term Incentive Plan and on benefit entitlements payable
from the SNETMPP but for the limitations more fully described herein.

                                  19



SECTION 2.     DEFINITIONS APPLICABLE UNDER ARTICLE B OF THIS PLAN

     1.   The term "Active Payroll" shall mean in the active
employment of the Corporation or its Subsidiaries as determined in
accordance with their normal practices and procedures.

     2.   The term "ADEA" shall mean the Age Discrimination in
Employment Act of 1967 as amended in 1978 and as it may be amended
from time to time.

     3.   The term "Annual Basic Pay" shall mean annual base salary
rate, excluding (1) all differentials regarded as temporary or extra
payments and (2) all cash payments and incentive awards and
distributions made under the Bell System Senior Management Long Term
Incentive Plan or the SNET Short Term Incentive Plan or the SNET Long
Term Incentive Plan or any other similar plan, as determined by the
Committee.

     4.   The words "Chairman of the Board", "President", and "Board
of Directors" or "Board" shall mean the Chairman of the Board of
Directors, President, and Board of Directors, respectively, of the
Corporation.

     5.   The term "Change of Control" shall be defined as set forth
in Section 9 of this Article B.

     6.   The term "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended from time to time.

     7.   The word "Committee" shall mean the Employees' Benefit
Committee appointed by the Board of Directors to administer the Plan.

     8.   The word "Company" shall mean The Southern New England
Telephone Company, a Connecticut corporation, or its successors.

     9.   The word "Corporation" shall mean Southern New England
Telecommunications Corporation, a Connecticut corporation, or its
successors. 10.     The word "Executive" shall mean a management
employee classified as a Regular Employee on the Active Payroll of
any Participating Company on or after August 10, 1980 who has
attained a level of or higher than Executive Salary Grade Level 2, or
its equivalent, or who on or after January 1, 1985 has attained a
level of or higher than Executive Salary Grade Level 1, or its
equivalent.

     11.  The term "Grandfathered Executives" shall mean Executives
who died prior to January 1, 1987, or retired prior to January 1,
1987 if they had attained age 55 on or before December 31, 1983.

     12.  The term "Mandatory Retirement Age" shall mean, in
accordance with applicable law, (1) for those employees referred to
in Section 12(c)(1) of the ADEA, age 65 or at such later time as may
be permissible under such section of the ADEA and (2) for those

                                  20



employees for whom age is a bona fide occupational qualification
within the meaning of Section 4(f)(1) of the ADEA, at such time as
may be applicable under the ADEA.

     13.  The term "Non-Grandfathered Executive" shall mean an
Executive who is not a Grandfathered Executive and who was a Non-
Grandfathered Executive on or before December 8, 1993.

     14.  The term "Participating Company" shall mean the Corporation
or any Subsidiary of the Corporation which shall have determined,
with the concurrence of the Committee, to participate in the Plan.

     15.  The words "Pension Act" shall mean the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA), as it may be amended from time
to time.

     16.  The term "SNETMPP" shall mean the SNET Management Pension
Plan.

     17.  The word "Plan" shall mean the SNET Pension Benefit Plan.

     18.  The term "Position Rate" shall mean the mid-point of the
Executive's salary grade level established periodically for each
Executive's grade level.

     19.  The term "Short Term Incentive Award" shall mean that
amount distributed annually to an Executive which constitutes a
percentage of the Standard Award as determined pursuant to the SNET
Short Term Incentive Plan.

     20.  The term "Standard Award" shall mean an amount determined
annually under the SNET Short Term Incentive Plan.

     21.  The words "Subsidiary or Subsidiaries" shall mean any
corporation, partnership or other entity of which at least 50% of the
Voting Stock is owned directly or indirectly by the Corporation.

     22.  The words "Surviving Spouse" shall mean, except as
otherwise provided,   (a) for an Executive who retires prior to
January 1, 1996 with a service or disability benefit payable under
this Article B or who dies while an active employee prior to January
1, 1996, a spouse married to the Executive as of the termination of
employment date; and (b) for an Executive who terminates employment
prior to January 1, 1996 with a deferred benefit payable under this
Article B, a spouse who has been married to the Executive throughout
the one-year period ending on the earlier of (a) the Executive's
annuity starting date under this Article B, or (b) the date of the
Executive's death; provided, however, if the Executive marries within
one year before the annuity starting date, and the Executive and the
Executive's spouse in such marriage have been married for at least a
one-year period ending on or before the date of the Executive's
death, such Executive and such spouse shall be treated as having been
married throughout the one-year period ending on the annuity starting
date.

                                  21



     23.  The expression "Term of Employment", except as expressly
limited or stated elsewhere in the Plan, shall have the same meaning
as that expression is used in the SNETMPP.

     27.  The use in this Plan of personal pronouns of the masculine
gender is intended to include both the masculine and feminine
genders.

                                  22



SECTION 3.     ADMINISTRATION OF THIS ARTICLE B

     1.   The Corporation shall be the Sponsor of the Plan and the
Plan Administrator of the Plan as those terms are defined in the
Pension Act.  The Committee shall have the administrative
responsibilities set forth below.

     2.   (a)  The Committee shall have the specific powers elsewhere
herein granted to it and shall have such other powers as may be
necessary in order to enable it to administer the Plan, except for
powers herein granted or provided to be granted to others.

          (b)  The procedures for adoption of by-laws, and rules of
procedure, for the employment of a Secretary and assistants, with
authority with respect to claims of Executives shall be the same as
are set forth in the SNETMPP.

          (c)  In accordance with the terms of the Plan, the
Secretary of the Committee shall grant or deny claims for benefits
under the Plan with respect to Executives and Participants and
authorize disbursements according to the terms of this Plan.
Adequate notice, pursuant to applicable law, shall be provided in
writing to any Executive or beneficiary whose claim has been denied,
setting forth the specific reasons for such denial and any other
information required to be furnished under the Pension Act.

     3.   The review and appeal procedures for Executives whose
claims have been denied shall be the same as those procedures set
forth in the SNETMPP.

     4.   The Committee shall serve as the final review committee
under the Plan, with the authority to determine conclusively for all
parties any and all questions arising from administration of the
Plan, and shall have sole and complete discretionary authority and
control to manage the operation and administration of the Plan,
including, but not limited to, the determination of all questions
relating to eligibility for participation and benefits,
interpretation of all Plan provisions, determination of the amount
and kind of benefits payable to any Executive or Surviving Spouse,
and the construction of disputed and doubtful terms.  Such decisions
by the Committee shall be conclusive and binding on all parties and
not subject to further review.

     5.   The expenses of the Committee in administering the Plan
shall be borne by the Participating Companies.

     6.   The Corporation, the Company and the Committee are each a
named fiduciary as that term is used in the Pension Act with respect
to the particular duties and responsibilities herein provided to be
allocated to each of them.

     7.   The Corporation may allocate responsibilities for the
operation and administration of the Plan consistent with the Plan's
terms.  The Corporation and other named fiduciaries may designate in
writing other persons to carry out their respective responsibilities
under the Plan, and may employ persons to advise them with regard to
any such responsibilities.

                                  23




     8.   Any person or group of persons may serve in more than one
fiduciary capacity with respect to the Plan.

                                  24




SECTION 4.     NON-QUALIFIED PENSION BENEFITS

1.   Participation

     All persons who were Grandfathered  Executives or Non-
Grandfathered Executives on or before December 13, 1995 and who
retired or terminated employment prior to January 1, 1996 ("Eligible
Executives") are deemed participants in Section 4 of this Article B.

     2.   Eligibility

     (a)  Service Benefit:  An individual who is an Eligible
Executive at the time of employment termination and (i) has received
or is eligible to receive an award under the SNET Short Term
Incentive Plan, and (ii) is eligible for a service pension pursuant
to the terms of the SNETMPP, is eligible for a service benefit
pursuant to this Plan, if the computation of a benefit amount
pursuant to Paragraph 3 of this Section 4 of this Article B results
in an amount payable to such Eligible Executive.

     (b)  Deferred Benefit:  Except as otherwise specified in
Paragraph 8 of this Section 4 of this Article B, any individual who
is an Eligible Executive at the time of employment termination and
(i) has received or is eligible to receive an award under the SNET
Short Term Incentive Plan, and (ii) is eligible for a deferred vested
pension pursuant to the terms and conditions of the SNETMPP, is
eligible for a deferred benefit pursuant to this Article B, if the
computation of a benefit amount pursuant to Paragraph 3 of this
Section 4 of this Article B results in an amount payable to such
Eligible Executive.

     (c)  Disability Benefit:  An individual who, while an Eligible
Executive, has become eligible for a disability pension pursuant to
the terms of the SNETMPP shall be eligible for a disability benefit
hereunder, if the computation of a benefit amount pursuant to
Paragraph 3 of this Section 4 of this Article B results in an amount
payable to such Eligible Executive.  Should the disability pension be
discontinued pursuant to the terms of the SNETMPP, the disability
benefit hereunder shall be discontinued as well.

     (d)  Normal Retirement Age:  "Normal Retirement Age" is the age
of sixty-five years.

     (e)  Mandatory Retirement Age:  Each Eligible Executive shall be
retired from the Active Payroll or shall cease to be eligible for
continued employment, as applicable, no later than the last day of
the month in which such Executive attains the Mandatory Retirement
Age.

                                  25



3.   Benefit Amounts

     (a)  Computation of Benefit

      (i)      Benefit Formula:  Effective December 8, 1993,  for all
Eligible Executives in such executive position as of December 8,
1993, the monthly benefit shall equal the difference between A and B:

          Where:

          A = Adjusted career income as determined in Subparagraph
              3(a)(ii) of this of this Section 4 of Article B 
              multiplied by 1.6% and the result then divided by 12; and
          
          B = Adjusted career income as is set forth in the SNETMPP,
              except that it shall be determined solely on actual
              Short Term Incentive Awards granted for services
              performed after 1988, multiplied by 1.6% and the result
              then divided by 12;
             
          Effective December 13, 1995, for all Eligible Executives
actively employed by SNET in such executive positions as of such
date, A and B above shall be determined as of December 13, 1995 and
shall not, in any year subsequent to 1995, be increased or decreased.
Such frozen benefit determined under this Section 4, Paragraph
3(a)(i) of this Article B shall be considered with the accrued
benefits calculated for each such Eligible Executive effective
January 1, 1996 under the initial cash balance plan account
provisions of the SNETMPP for purposes of ensuring that the total
SNET pension benefit shall never be less than the amount to which
each such Eligible Executive was previously entitled before
application of any plan amendments adopted effective December 13,
1995; provided, however, that such frozen pension benefit will not be
separately available under the provisions of this Article B.

          (ii) Adjusted Career Income:

               (1)  The "adjusted career income" referred to in
Subparagraph 3(a)(i), of each Executive who retires during the period
January 1, 1991 to December 13, 1995, inclusive, shall equal the
product of the Executive's average annual compensation earned for the
highest five full performance years preceding such Executive's date
of retirement and such Executive's Term of Employment as of the date
of retirement.  For purposes of this Paragraph 3(a)(ii)(1), the term
"compensation" shall mean an Executive's earned actual Short Term
Incentive Award which is not more than 50% of the Annual Basic Pay as
of December 31 of each performance year in which it is earned.

               (2)  The "adjusted career income", referred to in
Subparagraph 3(a)(i), of each Executive who retires during the period
beginning January 1, 1989 to December 31, 1990 shall equal the product of 
the Executive's average annual compensation earned for the five full 
performance years preceding such Executive's date of retirement and such 

                                  26


Executive's Term of Employment as of the date of retirement. For 
purposes of this Paragraph 3(a)(ii)(2), the term "compensation" 
shall mean an Executive's earned actual Short Term Incentive Award 
which is not more than 50% of the Position Rate as of December 31 
of each performance year in which it is earned.

               (3)  The "adjusted career income", referred to in
Subparagraph 3(a)(i), of each Executive who retired during the period
beginning January 1, 1985 to December 31, 1988, shall equal the sum
of (A) the product of the Executive's average annual compensation
earned for the period from January 1, 1979 to October 31, 1983,
inclusive, and such Executive's Term of Employment as of December 31,
1983, plus (B) such Executive's earned compensation for all periods
after December 31, 1983 which are included in his Term of Employment.
For purposes of this paragraph 3(a)(ii)(3), the term "compensation"
shall mean an Executive's earned actual Short Term Incentive Award
which is not more than 50% of the Position Rate as of December 31 of
each performance year in which it is earned.

               (4)  The "adjusted career income", referred to in
Subparagraph 3(a)(i), of each Executive who retired during the period
beginning September 15, 1983 to December 31, 1984, inclusive, shall
equal the sum of (A) the product of the Executive's average annual
compensation earned for the period from April 1, 1978 to March 31,
1983, inclusive, and such Executive's Term of Employment as of March
31, 1983, plus (B) such Executive's earned compensation for all
periods after March 31, 1983 which are included in his Term of
Employment.  For purposes of this Paragraph 3(a)(ii)(4), the term
"compensation shall mean an Executive's earned actual Short Term
Incentive Award which is not more than 50% of the Position Rate as of
December 31 of each performance year in which it is earned.

               (5)  The "adjusted career income", referred to in
Subparagraph 3(a)(i), of each Executive who retired during the period
beginning January 31, 1982 to September 14, 1983, inclusive, shall
equal the sum of (A) the product of the Executive's average annual
compensation earned for the period from October 1, 1976 to September
30, 1981, inclusive, and such Executive's Term of Employment as of
September 30, 1981, plus (B) such Executive's earned compensation for
all periods after September 30, 1981 which are included in his Term
of Employment.  For purposes of this Paragraph 3(a)(ii)(5), the term
"compensation" shall mean an Executive's earned actual Short Term
Incentive Award which is not more than 15% of the Position Rate as of
December 31 of each performance year in which it is earned.

               (6)  The "adjusted career income", referred to in
Subparagraph 3(a)(i), of each Executive who retired during the period
beginning August 10, 1980 to January 30, 1982, inclusive, shall equal the 
sum of (A) the product of the Executive's average annual compensation 
earned for the period from January 1, 1975 to December 31, 1979, 
inclusive, and such Executive's Term of Employment as of December 31, 
1979, plus (B) such Executive's earned compensation or all periods after 
December 31, 1979 which are included in his Term of Employment.  For 
purposes of this Paragraph 3(a)(ii)(6), the term "compensation" 
shall mean an Executive's earned actual Short Term Incentive Award which 

                                  27


is not more than 15% of the Position Rate as of December 31 of 
each performance year in which it is earned.

     (b)  Year of Retirement Proration

     When determining the extent to which the 15% or 50% limitation,
respectively, may apply to limit the pensionable portion of the Short
Term Incentive Award, the Position Rate will be prorated by
multiplying such Position Rate by a fraction, the numerator of which
shall be the number of months worked (to the next full month) in the
final year of employment and the denominator of which shall be
twelve.

     (c)  Early Retirement Discount

     The monthly service benefit allowance, determined in accordance
with the provisions of this Paragraph 3, for each Eligible Executive
who is granted a service benefit for reasons other than total
disability as a result of sickness or injury, shall be reduced by one-
half percent (0.5%) for each calendar month or part thereof by which
his age at time of retirement is less than 55 years, except that each
Executive retired with thirty (30) or more years of service shall
receive a monthly benefit allowance reduced by one-quarter percent
(0.25%) for each calendar month or part thereof by which such
Executive's age at the time of retirement is less than 55 years.

     (d)  Deferred Benefit Amount

     The monthly benefit allowance for each Executive who terminated
employment on or before January 1, 1996 and who is eligible for a
deferred benefit under the provisions of Paragraph 2(b) of this
Section 4 shall be calculated exclusively in accordance with the
provisions specified as applicable to those receiving a benefit under
Paragraph 2(a) or 2(c) of this Section 4 effective as of the date
such Executive leaves the service of a Participating Company other
than for reasons of transfer to another Participating Company, or the
date which is the last day of the month in which the 65th birthday
occurs, whichever is earlier, and, in any case, as if such Executive
had retired on such date and no recomputation of the benefit shall be
made after such date or as a result of amendments made to this Plan
subsequent to such date.  An Executive who leaves the service of a
Participating Company with eligibility for a deferred benefit in
accordance with Paragraph 2(b) of this Section 4 but is not entitled
to any other class of pension or benefit shall not be considered a
retiree pursuant to the SNETMPP or a retired Executive.

     (e)  Automatic Survivor Annuity

     In the event of the death of an Executive who (i) is eligible 
to participate in this Plan pursuant to Paragraph 1 of this 
Section 4 as of December 8, 1993 and (ii) is on the Active Payroll 
as of the time of his death on or before January 1, 1996 and 
(iii) is eligible for a deferred  benefit under Paragraph 2(b) 
of this Section 4 at the time of his death or who is 

                                  28



eligible for a service benefit under Paragraph 2(a) of this 
Section 4 at the time of his death and (iv) who leaves a
Surviving Spouse married to him at the time of his death, such
Surviving Spouse shall receive a survivor annuity in the amount of
45% of the benefit which would have been payable had such Executive
retired with a service benefit, regardless of his actual eligibility
therefore, on the date of his death; provided, however, that if an
Executive has less than 10 years of service (as defined under the
SNETMPP) and is eligible for deferred benefit under Section 4,
Paragraph 2(b) of this Article B as of his date of death, the present
value (as determined under the SNETMPP) of the automatic survivor
annuity provided under this Paragraph 3(e) shall be distributed to
the Surviving Spouse in a single lump sum as of the last day of the
month following the month in which the Executive has died.  For
purposes of calculating the automatic survivor annuity provided in
this Paragraph 3(e), the early retirement discount in Paragraph 3(c)
of this Section 4 of this Article B shall not apply.  No annuity or
lump sum under this Paragraph 3(e) shall be payable at the death of a
pensioner or former employee or upon the death of an Executive who
does not have a Surviving Spouse.

     (f)  Service Beyond Normal Retirement Age

     Service after the last day of the month in which an Executive
attains Normal Retirement Age shall be considered in the same manner
as is set forth in the SNETMPP.

     (g)  Special Increases

     Monthly service and disability benefit payments as determined
under Paragraphs 3(a) and (c) of this Section 4 to retired
Executives, and automatic survivor annuity payments to Surviving
Spouses married to an Executive at the time of his death as
determined under Paragraph 3(e) of this Section 4, shall be increased
by the same percentage and pursuant to the same terms and conditions
as are set forth in the SNETMPP for similar forms of benefits.

     (h)  Minimum Benefit

     The monthly benefit of (i) each Executive eligible to
participate in the Plan during the period December 8, 1993 to
December 13, 1995, inclusive, and (ii) each Executive in such
executive position as of December 8, 1993 to December 13, 1995,
inclusive, to the extent this monthly benefit exceeds the benefit
provided in Paragraph 3(a)(i) of this Section 4, shall equal one-
twelfth of the excess, if any, of (A) over (B) below, where--

          (A)  is the product of (i)  for an Executive with less than
twenty-five years of service, two percent (2%) and Term of Employment
(not exceeding forty percent) multiplied by Average Annual Basic Pay;
or (ii) for an Executive with twenty-five or more years of service,
the product of one and six-tenths percent (1.6%) and Term of
Employment multiplied by Average Annual Basic Pay.  For this purpose,
Average Annual Basic Pay shall mean Annual Basic Pay for the  36
month period immediately preceding the date the Executive terminates
from service;

                                  29



          (B)  is the sum of:

               (1)  the annual amount, if any, payable under
Paragraph 3(a)(i) of this Article B in a single life annuity form to
the Executive as of the termination of employment date;

               (2)  the annual amount, if any, payable under Article
C of this  Plan, payable in a single life annuity form to the
Executive as of the termination of employment date; and

               (3)  the annual amount, if any, payable under the
SNETMPP, payable in a single life annuity form to the Executive as of
the termination of employment date.

          The monthly benefit provided in this Paragraph 3(h) shall
be subject to the early retirement discount, if any, as determined
under Paragraph 3(c) of Section 4 of this Article B.

          Effective December 31, 1995, eligibility for a
determination of a monthly benefit as provided in this Paragraph 3(h)
shall be eliminated for all Executives on the Active Payroll on or
after such date.

4.   Payments to Executives

     Subject to Paragraph 3(e) of this Section 4 and Sections 7 and 9
of this Article B, benefits to an Executive (a) shall commence at the
same time, (b) shall be distributed for as long as and (c) shall be
distributed in the same form as the Executive's pension benefit under
the SNETMPP.  Payments under this Section 4 shall be calculated in
accordance with the rules, procedures and assumptions utilized under
the SNETMPP, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Article
B.

5.   No Surviving Spouse

     If an Executive dies before the date as of which his or her
benefit commences under Section 4 of this Article B and he or she
does not have a Surviving Spouse on his or her date of death, no
benefit otherwise payable under this Section 4 shall be distributed
after the death of the Executive with respect to the Executive.

6.   Post-Termination Joint and Survivor Annuity

     a)  Eligibility.  The Post-Termination Joint and Survivor
Annuity option ("Joint and Survivor Annuity") provides a monthly
benefit to a Surviving Spouse upon the death, after termination of
employment for reasons other than retirement with a service or
disability benefit, of a Non-Grandfathered Executive.  The benefit is
payable to the Surviving Spouse only if the Non-Grandfathered
Executive leaves a Participating Company with eligibility for a
deferred vested pension under the SNETMPP and this Article B on or
after August 10, 1980.  If there is no Surviving Spouse, or if the
Non-Grandfathered Executive waived the provisions 

                                  30



under this Paragraph 6, no Joint and Survivor Annuity benefit will 
be paid under this Section 4.

     b)  Election of Benefit.  A Non-Grandfathered Executive shall be
deemed to have elected to receive the Joint and Survivor Annuity
option for all benefits under this Section 4 if the Non-Grandfathered
Executive has a Surviving Spouse as of the date the Executive
commences deferred vested pension benefits under the SNETMPP;
provided, however, that a Non-Grandfathered Executive may make a one-
time irrevocable election to waive this Joint and Survivor Annuity
option with respect to payments which would otherwise be made to a
Surviving Spouse following the death of the Executive.  Such election
shall be made within sixty (60) days of an employee becoming
classified as an Executive or within sixty (60) days of adoption of
this election procedure, whichever is later, and shall permit the Non-
Grandfathered Executive to waive the Joint and Survivor Annuity
regardless of his marital status at the time of election.  A Non-
Grandfathered Executive shall not otherwise be entitled to the Joint
and Survivor Annuity option under this Plan.

     c) Benefit Amount.  If the Joint and Survivor Annuity option is
applicable as of the date a Non-Grandfathered Executive is entitled
to commence deferred vested pension benefits under this Section 4,
such deferred vested pension benefits payable  to the Non-
Grandfathered Executive shall be reduced to eighty-five percent (85%)
of such amount; provided, however, if the Non-Grandfathered Executive
elects to commence receipt of such pension payments prior to the
Normal Retirement Age, the aforementioned reduction shall be
consistent with the early retirement factors (with joint and survivor
annuity election) under the SNETMPP.  If the Non-Grandfathered
Executive's Surviving Spouse predeceases the Non-Grandfathered
Executive, the aforementioned percentage reduction shall not be
restored.  Subject to Section 9 of this Article B,  the amount to be
paid the Surviving Spouse for as long as such Surviving Spouse
survives the Executive shall be computed as of the time of
commencement of such Executive's deferred vested pension as an amount
equal to fifty percent (50%) of the reduced pension payable to the
Executive under Section 4 of this Article B.

7.   Deferral of Payments

     If an Executive, who terminates employment on or after September
8, 1993, elects the Pension Deferral Option in accordance with the
terms and conditions under the SNETMPP, benefit payments under
Section 4 of this Article B shall commence simultaneously with the
commencement of the service pension under the SNETMPP.  If the
Executive who elected the Pension Deferral Option should die prior to
commencement of benefit payments under this Article B, the provisions
of Section 4, Paragraph 3(e) of this Article B shall apply.

8.   Treatment During Subsequent Employment

     Employment with any Participating Company subsequent to retirement or 
termination of employment with entitlement to any type of benefit described 
in this Section 4 shall not suspend the right of a former Participant 
receiving pension payments or a person otherwise entitled to receive 
a pension to payment payments during the period he continues in such

                                  31


employment and the form of distribution of such
pension payments shall not be changed as a result of such employment.

9.   Termination of Non-Qualified Pension Benefit Program

     Effective December 13, 1995, the provisions of Section 4 of this
Article B will no longer be effective on the date that the last
benefit payment is made pursuant to this Section 4.

                                  32



SECTION 5.     DEATH BENEFITS

1.   Participation and Administration

     Only Executives who were on the Active Payroll as of September
17, 1989 shall be eligible under Section 5 of this Article B to
receive a death benefit in an amount described below in Paragraph 2
while an Executive and remaining on the Active Payroll.  Only those
Executives who were eligible for a service pension on or before
September 17, 1989 will be eligible under Section 5 of this Article B
to receive a death benefit during retirement in an amount described
below in Paragraph 2.  The death benefits described in this Section 5
provide for active employee and retiree  death benefits in addition
to, and subject to the same terms and conditions and administered in
the same manner as the Death Benefit provisions within the SNETMPP,
except as is herein specified.

2.   Definition of Death Benefit Amount

     For purposes of death benefits under Section 5 of this Article
B, the death benefit amount is defined as follows:

          (a)  For an Executive who dies while on the Active Payroll
     or who retires on or after October 31, 1981, the death benefit
     amount shall be the lesser of (i) the Executive's Standard Award
     in effect as of the earlier of retirement or death; (ii) 50% of
     the Executive's Position Rate as of the earlier of retirement or
     death; (iii) the Executive's Standard Award in effect as of
     January 1, 1992; or (iv) 50% of the Executive's Position Rate on
     such date.
     
          (b)  For an Executive who retired during the period from
     August 10, 1980 through October 30, 1981, inclusive, the death
     benefit amount shall be the lesser of the Executive's Standard
     Award in effect as of his retirement, or 15% of the Executive's
     Position Rate as of retirement.
     
3.   Payment of Death Benefits

     Payment of death benefits under this Section 5 shall be made as
of the last day of the month following the month in which the
Executive's death occurred.

4.   Waiver of Benefit

     If a Grandfathered Executive is deemed to have waived the death
benefit for which he was eligible under the SNETMPP, he will be
deemed to have irrevocably waived the death benefit pursuant to
Section 5 of this Article B as well.  Effective November 1, 1991, no
Grandfathered Executive shall be permitted to waive the death benefit
or revoke an existing waiver of such death benefit under Article B of
this Plan.

                                  33



SECTION 6.     POST-RETIREMENT LIFE INSURANCE SUPPLEMENT PROGRAM

1.   Description

     The Post-Retirement Life Insurance Supplement Program makes up
for the post-age 65 reduction in the level of Company- provided Group
Life Insurance for Non-Grandfathered Executives and for individuals
who become Executives after December 8, 1993 ("Eligible
Individuals").  In combination with the post-retirement Company-
provided level of Group Life Insurance, it assures a total death
benefit equal to the Annual Basic Pay at retirement rounded to the
coverage amount at retirement, to the extent required by Paragraph 4
of this Section 6.

2.   Participation

     All persons who retire as an Eligible Individual from a
Participating Company with a service benefit or disability benefit as
defined under Section 4 of this Article B are participants in this
program.

3.   Beneficiary

     An Eligible Individual may name any person or persons, his or
her estate, any organization or a trust as beneficiary.  Beneficiary
designations need not be the same as under other coverages.
Beneficiary designations can be changed any time by submitting a new
form to the Corporation or its delegate.  In the event of death, the
Post-Retirement Life Insurance Supplement Program provides a benefit
that is distributed in a lump sum to the beneficiary or
beneficiaries; if there are no surviving beneficiaries, the benefit
is distributed in a lump sum to the Eligible Individual's estate.
Payments are made as of the last day of the month following the month
in which the Eligible Individual's date of death occurred.

4.   Coverage Amounts

     The Company-provided level of Group Life Insurance equals Annual
Basic Pay at the time of retirement rounded to the next higher $1,000
for Eligible Individual's  retiring prior to April 1, 1986, and, for
Eligible Individual's retiring on or after April 1, 1986, Annual
Basic Pay shall be determined for purposes of this Section 6 as of
the September 1 of the year immediately preceding the year of the
Eligible Individual's retirement, rounded to the next higher $10,000.
This level of coverage shall remain in effect through age 65.  At age
66 and on each of the next four anniversaries of that coverage,
coverage under the Company-provided Group Life Insurance is reduced
by 10% until, during the year in which age 70 is attained, it equals
50% of the Company-provided level of Group Life Insurance.  To offset
this reduction, the Post-Retirement Life Insurance Supplement Program
provides a schedule of death benefit coverage equal to:

                                  34



     10% of final active Company-provided Group Life Insurance
     beginning at age 66 increased to
       20% at age 67
       30% at age 68
       40% at age 69
     to a maximum of
       50% at age 70 -- which continues in effect until death.
       
     Nothing contained in this Section 6 shall require the
Corporation or any Participating Company to purchase life insurance
on the life or lives of any Eligible Individuals.  Benefits payable
under this Section 6 shall represent an obligation of the Corporation
or Participating Company, if applicable, and shall not entitle an
Eligible Individual to rights or payments under any life insurance
policy.

                                  35



SECTION 7.     POST-RETIREMENT SURVIVOR'S ANNUITY OPTION

1.   Description

     The Post-Retirement Survivor's Annuity Option provides a monthly
benefit to the eligible beneficiary (spouse or parent) upon the
death, after retirement, of a Non-Grandfathered Executive.  The
benefit is payable to the beneficiary only if the Non-Grandfathered
Executive retires from a Participating Company with a service pension
or disability pension under the SNETMPP on or after August 10, 1980
and is a Non-Grandfathered Executive on the Active Payroll on
December 8, 1993 and retired prior to January 1, 1996.

2.   Beneficiary

     The benefit is payable, in the order of priority shown, to the
eligible beneficiary as follows:

          (a)  the Surviving Spouse, if living with the Non-
     Grandfathered Executive at the time of death; otherwise to
     
          (b)  a surviving parent.  (If both parents survive, benefit
     will be distributed in equal shares to both.)
     
     If there is no Surviving Spouse or parent, or if the Non-
Grandfathered Executive waived the provisions of this Section 7 and
terminated employment prior to January 1, 1996, no benefit will be
distributed under this Section 7.

3.   Election of Benefit

     A Non-Grandfathered Executive who was on the Active Payroll on
December 8, 1993 and who retired prior to January 1, 1996 shall be
deemed to have elected to receive the Survivor Annuity option for all
benefits payable under Section 4 of this Article B if the Non-
Grandfathered Executive is married or has a surviving parent as of
the date the Executive commences benefits under the SNETMPP;
provided, however, that a Non-Grandfathered Executive may make a one-
time irrevocable election to waive this Survivor Annuity option with
respect to payments which would otherwise be made to a Surviving
Spouse or parent following the death of the Executive.  Such election
shall be made within sixty (60) days of an Executive becoming
eligible for a benefit under Section 4 of this Article B prior to
December 13, 1995 or within sixty (60) days of adoption of this
election procedure, whichever is later, and shall permit the Non-
Grandfathered Executive to waive the Survivor Annuity regardless of
his marital status or whether he has parents surviving at the time of
election.  A Non-Grandfathered Executive shall not otherwise be
entitled to a Survivor's Annuity option under this Article B.

                                  36




4.   Benefit Amount

     If the Survivor's Annuity option is applicable as of the date a
Non-Grandfathered Executive is entitled to commence benefits under
Section 4 of this Article B, the amount of the pension otherwise
payable under Section 4 of this Article B to the Non-Grandfathered
Executive shall be reduced to ninety percent (90%) of such amount.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Non-Grandfathered Executive's
spouse, if any, and parents predecease the Non-Grandfathered
Executive, the aforementioned percentage shall be increased from
ninety percent (90%) to one hundred percent (100%) as of the first
day of the month following the month in which the last surviving
parent or spouse has died.  Subject to Section 9 of this Article B,
the amount to be distributed the annuitant for as long as such
annuitant survives the Executive shall be computed as of the time of
retirement of such Executive as an amount equal to fifty percent
(50%) of the reduced pension payable to the Executive under Section 4
of this Article B.

                                  37


     
SECTION 8.     GENERAL PROVISIONS

1.   Effective Date

     This Plan is effective with amendments through January 1, 1998.

2.   Rights to Benefits

     Neither the action of the Board of Directors in establishing
this Plan nor any action hereafter taken by the Board or the
Committee shall be construed as giving to any employee a right to be
retained in the service of any Participating Company or any right or
claim to any benefit after discharge from the service of any
Participating Company, unless the right to such benefit has accrued
prior to such discharge.  No employee shall have any right to a
service or deferred benefit unless he meets the conditions specified
in Paragraph 2(a) or 2(b) of Section 4 of the Plan, respectively, nor
any right against any Participating Company to any benefit under the
Plan other than the amount to which the employee has theretofore
become entitled and which the Committee has directed be distributed
to that employee under the Plan.  Benefits previously awarded may be
discontinued at any time at the sole discretion of the Corporation or
any Participating Company in accordance with the terms of the Plan.
In addition to the prerequisites for a service benefit, a deferred
benefit, a disability benefit, and/or a death benefit set forth
herein, an individual, or his annuitants or beneficiaries, as
applicable, shall only be eligible for a benefit if the individual is
an Executive with respect to the respective benefits at the time of
retirement, termination of employment or death.  There shall be no
eligibility for benefits in the case of an individual who was an
Executive for any period during his Term of Employment, but who is
not an Executive at the time of his retirement, termination of
employment or death.

3.   Assignment or Alienation

     Assignment or alienation of pensions or other benefits under
this Plan will not be permitted or recognized except as otherwise
required by law.

4.   Breaks in Service

     For purposes of this Plan, a break in service shall be defined
and treated in the same manner as is set forth in the SNETMPP.

5.   Leaves of Absence

     For purposes of this Plan, a leave of absence shall be defined
and administered in the same manner as is set forth in the SNETMPP.

6.   Lump Sum Payments

     A lump sum payment or payments to applicable beneficiaries and
annuitants of retired Executives (except Grandfathered Executives)
who have retired as of January 1, 1987 or who were Executives as of
January 1, 1987 and eligible to participate in this Plan pursuant 

                                  38



to Paragraph 1 of Section 4 as of December 8, 1993 will be reasonably
estimated so that applicable beneficiaries and annuitants shall
receive a tax differential payment equal to the difference between
(a) the beneficiary's or annuitant's assumed Federal income tax
liability from payment of the SNETMPP death benefit and payment of
this Article B's survivor annuity and death benefits and (b) the
beneficiary's or annuitant's assumed Federal income tax liability had
such benefits been distributed under the SNET Executive Life
Insurance Program.

7.   Multiple Participating Company Employment

     If an Executive of the Corporation is also an Executive of one
or more other Participating Companies, any benefit to which such
Executive may become entitled under the Plan shall be computed on the
basis of the total combined pay which he is receiving from all such
companies.  Any maximum or minimum amounts fixed by the Plan for
benefits shall apply to the total amount payable by all companies and
not to the portion payable to any Participating Company or Companies.

8.   Payment to Others

     Benefits payable to any person to whom an amount is or was
payable under the Plan who is unable to execute a proper receipt may
be distributed to other person(s) in accordance with the standards
and procedures set forth in the SNETMPP.

9.   Plan Termination

     The Board retains the right to terminate the Plan in whole or in
part, and each Participating Company retains the right to withdraw
from this Plan, at any time, for any reason, with or without notice.
Unless the Executive provides prior written consent, however, said
withdrawal or termination, as applicable, shall not affect the rights
of any Executive, Surviving Spouse or parent to any benefit under
this Article B to which such person may have previously become
entitled as a result of the Executive's disability, death,
termination of employment or Change in Control which occurred prior
to the effective date of the withdrawal or termination.

10.  Source of Payments

     Benefits arising under this Plan and all costs, charges, and
expenses relating thereto will be payable from SNET's general assets.
SNET may, however, establish a trust to pay such benefits and related
expenses, provided such trust does not cause the Plan to be "funded"
within the meaning of ERISA.  To the extent trust assets are
available, they may be used to pay benefits arising under this Plan
and all costs, charges, and expenses relating thereto.  To the extent
that the funds held in the trust, if any, are insufficient to pay
such benefits, costs, charges and expenses, SNET shall pay such
benefits, costs, charges, and expenses from its general assets.

                                  39



11.  Unfunded Status

     The Plan at all times shall be entirely unfunded for purposes of
the Code and ERISA and no provision shall at any time be made with
respect to segregating any assets of a Participating Company for
payment of any benefits hereunder.  Funds that may be invested
through a trust described in Paragraph 10 of Section 8 of this
Article B continue for all purposes to be part of the general assets
of the Participating Company which invested the funds.  The Plan
constitutes a mere promise by SNET and the Participating Companies to
make payments, if any, in the future.  No Participant, Surviving
Spouse or any other person shall have any interest in any particular
assets of a Participating Company by reason of the right to receive a
benefit under the Plan and to the extent the Participant, Surviving
Spouse or any other person acquires a right to receive benefits under
this Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of any
unsecured general creditor of a Participating Company.

                                  40



SECTION 9.     CHANGE OF CONTROL

     Any provision of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, in
the event of a Change of Control (as defined below), any benefit
accrued as of and through the Change of Control, including, without
limitation, by current Executives, retired Executives or their
annuitants or beneficiaries, including those currently receiving
payments under the Plan, shall not be subject to forfeiture or
suspension and shall be distributed in a single lump sum on the last
day of the month following the month in which the Change of Control
occurred, for those individuals currently receiving payments under
Article B of the Plan, and on the last day of the month following the
month in which occurs the event (e.g., termination of employment,
disability or death) giving rise to the obligations of the Company or
Participating Company to pay such benefit, for those individuals not
currently receiving payments under Article B of the Plan.  For this
purpose, the accrued benefit shall be calculated based upon the
provisions of the Plan in effect immediately prior to the Change of
Control as if the event giving rise to the obligation of the
Corporation or Participating Company to pay such benefit pursuant to
the preceding sentence had occurred on the date of the Change of
Control and shall not be adversely affected because of any subsequent
events, including, without limitation, termination or amendment of
the Plan or the SNETMPP, or lack of continued status; provided,
however, that any early retirement discount pursuant to Paragraph
2(c) of Section 4 of this Article B as in effect immediately prior to
the Change of Control shall be taken into account, if applicable, to
reduce such accrued benefit only based on actual date of retirement.

     For purposes of this Section 9 of Article B, a Change of Control
shall mean:

          (A)  an acquisition by any individual, entity or group
     (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the
     Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
     Act")) (a "Person") of beneficial ownership (within the meaning
     of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more
     of either (i) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the
     Corporation (the Outstanding Corporation Common Stock") or (ii)
     the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting
     securities of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the
     election of directors (the "Outstanding Corporation Voting
     Securities"); excluding, however, the following: (1) any
     acquisition directly from the Corporation, other than an
     acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege
     unless the security being so converted was itself acquired
     directly from the Corporation, (2) any acquisition by the
     Corporation, (3) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan
     (or related trust) participated in by the Corporation or any
     corporation controlled by the Corporation or (4) any acquisition
     by any corporation pursuant to a reorganization, merger,
     consolidation or similar corporate transaction (in each case, a
     "Corporate Transaction"), if, pursuant to such Corporate
     Transaction, the conditions described in clauses (i), (ii) and
     (iii) of Paragraph (C) of this Section 9 of this Article B are
     satisfied; or
     
          (B)  a change in the composition of the Board of Directors
     of the Corporation (the "Board") such that the individuals who,
     as of December 12, 1990, constitute the Board (the Board as of
     the above date shall be hereinafter referred to as the

                                  41



     "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a
     majority of the Board; provided, however, for purposes of this
     Section 9 of Article B, that any individual who becomes a member
     of the Board subsequent to the above date whose election, or
     nomination for election by the shareholders of the Corporation,
     was approved by a vote of at least a majority of those
     individuals who are members of the Board and who were also
     members of the Incumbent Board (or deemed to be such pursuant to
     this provision) shall be considered as though such individual
     were a member of the Incumbent Board; but, provided further,
     that any such individual whose initial assumption of office
     occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election
     contest (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A
     promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or
     threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf
     of a Person other than the Board shall not be so considered as a
     member of the Incumbent Board; or
     
          (C)  the approval by the shareholders of the Corporation of
     a Corporate Transaction or, if consummation of such Corporate
     Transaction is subject, at the time of such approval by
     shareholders, to the consent of any government or governmental
     agency, the obtaining of such consent (either explicitly or
     implicitly by consummation); excluding, however, such a
     Corporate Transaction pursuant to which (i) all or substantially
     all of the individuals and entities who are the beneficial
     owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Corporation Common
     Stock and Outstanding Corporation Voting Securities immediately
     prior to such Corporate Transaction will beneficially own,
     directly or indirectly, more than 60% of, respectively, the
     outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting
     from such Corporate Transaction and the combined voting power of
     the outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled
     to vote generally in the election of directors, in substantially
     the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to
     such Corporate Transaction, of the Outstanding Corporation
     Common Stock and Outstanding Corporation Voting Securities, as
     the case may be, (ii) no Person (other than the Corporation, any
     employee benefit plan (or related trust) participated in by the
     Corporation or such Corporation resulting form such Corporate
     Transaction and any Person beneficially owning, immediately
     prior to such Corporate Transaction and any person beneficially
     owning, immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction,
     directly or indirectly, 20% or more of the Outstanding
     Corporation Common Stock or Outstanding Voting Securities, as
     the case may be) will beneficially own, directly or indirectly,
     20% or more of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common
     stock of the corporation resulting from such Corporate
     Transaction or the combined voting power of the then outstanding
     voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally
     in the election of directors and (iii) individuals who were
     members of the Incumbent Board will constitute at least a
     majority of the members of the board of directors of the
     corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction; or
     
          (D)  the approval by the shareholders of the Corporation of
     (i) a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation or
     (ii) the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of 
     the assets of the Corporation; excluding, however, such a sale or 
     
                                  42
     
     
     other disposition to a corporation, with respect to
     which following such sale or other disposition, (l) more than
     60% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common
     stock of such corporation and the combined voting power of the
     then outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled
     to vote generally in the election of directors will be then
     beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by all or
     substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the
     beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Corporation
     Common Stock and Outstanding Corporation Voting Securities
     immediately prior to such sale of other disposition in
     substantially the same proportion as their ownership,
     immediately prior to such sale or other disposition, of the
     Outstanding Corporation Common Stock and Outstanding corporation
     Voting Securities, as the case may be, (2) no Person (other than
     the Corporation and any employee benefit plan (or related trust)
     participated in by the Corporation or such corporation and any
     Person beneficially owning, immediately prior to such sale or
     other disposition, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of the
     Outstanding Corporation Common Stock or Outstanding corporation
     Voting Securities, as the case may be) will beneficially own,
     directly or indirectly, 20% or more for, respectively, the then
     outstanding shares of common stock of such corporation and the
     combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities
     of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election
     of directors and (3) individuals who were members of the
     Incumbent Board will constitute at least a majority of the
     members of the board of directors of such corporation.
     
                                  43




SECTION 10.    PLAN MODIFICATION APPLICABLE TO ARTICLE B

     The Board may from time to time make changes in the Plan.  In
addition, the Senior Vice President-Organization Development of the
Corporation  (or any successor to that officer's responsibilities),
with the concurrence of the Senior Vice President and General Counsel
of the Corporation (or any successor to that officer's
responsibilities), shall be authorized to make minor or
administrative changes to the Plan, as well as changes dictated by
the requirements of federal or state statutes applicable to any
Participating Company or authorized or made desirable by such
statutes.  Such changes shall not affect the rights of any Executive,
Surviving Spouse or parent, without the Executive's consent, to any
benefit under the Plan to which such person may have previously
become entitled as a result of a disability, death, termination of
employment or a Change in Control which occurred prior to the
effective date of such change.

                                 44


     
     
ARTICLE C.  SNET MID-CAREER PENSION PLAN PROGRAM

SECTION 1.     PURPOSE OF ARTICLE C OF THIS PLAN

     The purpose of this Article C of the Plan is to provide eligible
management and highly compensated employees of the Corporation and
its subsidiaries which have determined, with the consent of the
Committee, to participate in this Plan, employer-provided benefits
for certain unfunded single life pension payments, as set forth more
fully herein, to eligible employees of the Corporation. The benefits
provided under this Article C were formerly provided under the SNET
Mid-Career Pension Plan effective with amendments through November 1,
1991 ("Predecessor Plan"), which is incorporated by reference into
this Article C except as otherwise provided in this Article C.

                                  45



SECTION 2.     DEFINITIONS APPLICABLE UNDER ARTICLE C OF THIS PLAN

     The terms in this Article C shall have the same meaning as
defined in the Predecessor Plan, except for the definition of
Participant which shall be as follows.

     1.   The word "Participant" shall mean an individual hired or
rehired prior to December 8, 1993 at age 35 or older at Fourth Level
or above and terminated employment at Fifth Level or above, who, if
hired or rehired prior to November 18, 1991, has completed five years
of service at Fifth Level or above prior to the last day of the month
in which he reaches age 65, or who, if hired or rehired on or after
November 18, 1991 and prior to December 8, 1993, has completed at
least five years of full-time service at Fifth Level or above prior
to the last day of the month in which he reaches age 65, and whose
entire term of employment after November 18, 1991 was classified as
full-time.

                                  46



SECTION 3.     ADMINISTRATION OF THIS ARTICLE C

     The administration of this Article C shall be in accordance with
the restated provisions set forth in this Section 3 of Article C.

     1.   The Corporation shall be the Sponsor of the Plan and the
Plan Administrator of the Plan as those terms are defined in the
Pension Act.  The Committee shall have the administrative
responsibilities set forth below.

     2.   (a)  The Committee shall have the specific powers elsewhere
herein granted to it and shall have such other powers as may be
necessary in order to enable it to administer the Plan, except for
powers herein granted or provided to be granted to others.

          (b)  The procedures for adoption of by-laws, and rules of
procedure, for the employment of a Secretary and assistants, with
authority with respect to claims of Executives shall be the same as
are set forth in the SNETMPP.

          (c)  In accordance with the terms of the Plan, the
Secretary of the Committee shall grant or deny claims for benefits
under the Plan with respect to Executives and Participants and
authorize disbursements according to the terms of this Plan.
Adequate notice, pursuant to applicable law, shall be provided in
writing to any Executive or beneficiary whose claim has been denied,
setting forth the specific reasons for such denial and any other
information required to be furnished under the Pension Act.

     3.   The review and appeal procedures for Executives whose
claims have been denied shall be the same as those procedures set
forth in the SNETMPP.

     4.   The Committee shall serve as the final review committee
under the Plan, with the authority to determine conclusively for all
parties any and all questions arising from administration of the
Plan, and shall have sole and complete discretionary authority and
control to manage the operation and administration of the Plan,
including, but not limited to, the determination of all questions
relating to eligibility for participation and benefits,
interpretation of all Plan provisions, determination of the amount
and kind of benefits payable to any Executive or Surviving Spouse,
and the construction of disputed and doubtful terms.  Such decisions
by the Committee shall be conclusive and binding on all parties and
not subject to further review.

     5.   The expenses of the Committee in administering the Plan
shall be borne by the Participating Companies.

     6.   The Corporation, the Company and the Committee are each a
named fiduciary as that term is used in the Pension Act with respect
to the particular duties and responsibilities herein provided to be
allocated to each of them.

     7.   The Corporation may allocate responsibilities for the
operation and administration of the Plan consistent with the Plan's
terms.  The Corporation and other named fiduciaries may designate 
in writing other persons to carry out their respective 

                                  47


responsibilities under the Plan, and may employ persons to advise 
them with regard to any such responsibilities.

     8.   Any person or group of persons may serve in more than one
fiduciary capacity with respect to the Plan.

                                  48



SECTION 4.     MID-CAREER PENSION BENEFITS

     The benefits determined in this Section 4 shall be in accordance
with the provisions of the Predecessor Plan, except as modified by
the following provisions of this Section 4 of Article C.

1.   Participation

     All persons who were eligible Participants on or before December
8, 1993 are deemed Participants in Section 4 of this Article C and
the Predecessor Plan.

2.   Mid-Career Pension Benefit

          Effective December 13, 1995, for all eligible Participants
on the active payroll on such date, the monthly benefit provided
under this Article C and the Predecessor Plan shall be determined as
of December 13, 1995 and shall not, in any year subsequent to 1995,
be increased or decreased.  Such frozen benefit determined under this
Section 4, Paragraph 2 of this Article C shall not be included with
the accrued benefits calculated for each such Eligible Executive
effective January 1, 1996 under the initial cash balance plan
provisions of Section 4 of the SNETMPP; provided, however, that in
the event that a comparison of pension benefit amounts calculated in
accordance with the pension formula provisions, as in effect as of
December 13, 1995, under Article V of the SNETMPP,  Section 4,
Paragraph 3(I) of Article B of this Plan, and  the "Frozen Mid-career
Pension Benefit calculated under this Section 4, Paragraph 2 of
Article C (collectively referred to herein as the "12/13/95 Total
Frozen SNET Pension Benefit Amount"), is higher than the monthly
pension benefit determined under the initial opening cash balance
plan provisions and the ongoing cash balance plan provisions
effective on and after January 1, 1996 as set forth in Article V of
the SNETMPP (referred to herein as the "1/1/96 SNETMPP Benefit"),
each eligible Participant shall continue to be eligible to receive
all or a portion of such Frozen Mid-career Pension Benefit calculated
under this Section 4, Paragraph 2 of Article C to the extent such
12/13/95 Total Frozen SNET Pension Benefit Amount exceeds the 1/1/96
SNETMPP Benefit, until such time that the monthly benefit amount
determined solely in accordance with the provisions of Article V of
the SNETMPP as in effect on or after January 1, 1996 exceeds the
12/13/95 Total Frozen SNET Pension Benefit Amount described herein,
at which time all eligibility for benefits payable under this Article
C to such Participants shall cease.

3.   Termination of Non-Qualified Pension Benefit

     The provisions of this Section 4 will no longer be effective on
the date that the last benefit payment is made pursuant to this
Section 4.

                                  49



SECTION 5.     GENERAL PROVISIONS

     The general provisions of benefits of this Article C shall be in
accordance with the restated provisions set forth in this Section 5
of Article C.

1.   Effective Date

     This Plan is effective with amendments through January 1, 1998.

2.   Rights to Benefits

     Neither the action of the Board of Directors in establishing
this Plan nor any action hereafter taken by the Board or the
Committee shall be construed as giving to any employee a right to be
retained in the service of any Participating Company or any right or
claim to any benefit after discharge from the service of any
Participating Company, unless the right to such benefit has accrued
prior to such discharge.  No employee shall have any right to a
service or deferred benefit unless he meets the conditions specified
in Section 4 of this Article C and the Predecessor Plan,
respectively, nor any right against any Participating Company to any
benefit under the Plan other than the amount to which the employee
has theretofore become entitled and which the Committee has directed
be distributed to that employee under the Plan.  Benefits previously
awarded may be discontinued at any time at the sole discretion of the
Corporation or any Participating Company in accordance with the terms
of the Plan.  In addition to the prerequisites for a service benefit,
a deferred benefit, a disability benefit, and/or a death benefit set
forth herein, an individual shall only be eligible for a benefit if
the individual is an Executive with respect to the respective
benefits at the time of retirement, termination of employment or
death.  There shall be no eligibility for benefits in the case of an
individual who was an Executive for any period during his Term of
Employment, but who is not an Executive at the time of his
retirement, termination of employment or death.

3.   Assignment or Alienation

     Assignment or alienation of pensions or other benefits under
this Plan will not be permitted or recognized except as otherwise
required by law.

4.   Plan Termination

     The Board retains the right to terminate the Plan in whole or in
part, and each Participating Company retains the right to withdraw
from this Plan, at any time, for any reason, with or without notice.
Unless the Executive provides prior written consent, however, said
withdrawal or termination, as applicable, shall not affect the rights
of any Executive to any benefit under this Article C to which such
person may have previously become entitled as a result of the
Executive's disability, death, termination of employment or Change in
Control which occurred prior to the effective date of the withdrawal
or termination.

                                  50



5.   Source of Payments

     Benefits arising under this Plan and all costs, charges, and
expenses relating thereto will be payable from SNET's general assets.
SNET may, however, establish a trust to pay such benefits and related
expenses, provided such trust does not cause the Plan to be "funded"
within the meaning of ERISA.  To the extent trust assets are
available, they may be used to pay benefits arising under this Plan
and all costs, charges, and expenses relating thereto.  To the extent
that the funds held in the trust, if any, are insufficient to pay
such benefits, costs, charges and expenses, SNET shall pay such
benefits, costs, charges, and expenses from its general assets.

6.   Unfunded Status

     The Plan at all times shall be entirely unfunded for purposes of
the Code and ERISA and no provision shall at any time be made with
respect to segregating any assets of a Participating Company for
payment of any benefits hereunder.  Funds that may be invested
through a trust described in Section 6 of this Article C continue for
all purposes to be part of the general assets of the Participating
Company which invested the funds.  The Plan constitutes a mere
promise by SNET and the Participating Companies to make payments, if
any, in the future.  No Participant, Surviving Spouse or any other
person shall have any interest in any particular assets of a
Participating Company by reason of the right to receive a benefit
under the Plan and to the extent the Participant, Surviving Spouse or
any other person acquires a right to receive benefits under this
Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured
general creditor of a Participating Company.

                                  51



SECTION 6.     CHANGE OF CONTROL

     The provisions of this Article C in the event of a Change of
Control shall be in accordance with the restated provisions set forth
in this Section 6 of Article C.

     Any provision of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, in
the event of a Change of Control (as defined below), any benefit
accrued as of and through the Change of Control, including, without
limitation, by current Executives, retired Executives or their
annuitants or beneficiaries, including those currently receiving
payments under the Plan, shall not be subject to forfeiture or
suspension and shall be distributed in a single lump sum on the last
day of the month following the month in which the Change of Control
occurred, for those individuals currently receiving payments under
Article C of the Plan, and on the last day of the month following the
month in which occurs the event (e.g., termination of employment,
disability or death) giving rise to the obligations of the Company or
Participating Company to pay such benefit, for those individuals not
currently receiving payments under Article C of the Plan.  For this
purpose, the accrued benefit shall be calculated based upon the
provisions of the Plan in effect immediately prior to the Change of
Control as if the event giving rise to the obligation of the
Corporation or Participating Company to pay such benefit pursuant to
the preceding sentence had occurred on the date of the Change of
Control and shall not be adversely affected because of any subsequent
events, including, without limitation, termination or amendment of
the Plan or the SNETMPP, or lack of continued status; provided,
however, that any early retirement discount pursuant to Paragraph
2(c) of Section 4 of this Article C as in effect immediately prior to
the Change of Control shall be taken into account, if applicable, to
reduce such accrued benefit only based on actual date of retirement.

     For purposes of this Section 6 of Article C, a Change of Control
shall mean:

          (A)  an acquisition by any individual, entity or group
     (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the
     Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
     Act")) (a "Person") of beneficial ownership (within the meaning
     of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more
     of either (i) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the
     Corporation (the Outstanding Corporation Common Stock") or (ii)
     the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting
     securities of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the
     election of directors (the "Outstanding Corporation Voting
     Securities"); excluding, however, the following: (1) any
     acquisition directly from the Corporation, other than an
     acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege
     unless the security being so converted was itself acquired
     directly from the Corporation, (2) any acquisition by the
     Corporation, (3) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan
     (or related trust) participated in by the Corporation or any
     corporation controlled by the Corporation or (4) any acquisition
     by any corporation pursuant to a reorganization, merger,
     consolidation or similar corporate transaction (in each case, a
     "Corporate Transaction"), if, pursuant to such Corporate
     Transaction, the conditions described in clauses (i), (ii) and
     (iii) of Paragraph (C) of this Section 6 of this Article C are
     satisfied; or
     
                                  52



          (B)  a change in the composition of the Board of Directors
     of the Corporation (the "Board") such that the individuals who,
     as of December 12, 1990, constitute the Board (the Board as of
     the above date shall be hereinafter referred to as the
     "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a
     majority of the Board; provided, however, for purposes of this
     Section 6 of Article C, that any individual who becomes a member
     of the Board subsequent to the above date whose election, or
     nomination for election by the shareholders of the Corporation,
     was approved by a vote of at least a majority of those
     individuals who are members of the Board and who were also
     members of the Incumbent Board (or deemed to be such pursuant to
     this provision) shall be considered as though such individual
     were a member of the Incumbent Board; but, provided further,
     that any such individual whose initial assumption of office
     occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election
     contest (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A
     promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or
     threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf
     of a Person other than the Board shall not be so considered as a
     member of the Incumbent Board; or
     
          (C)  the approval by the shareholders of the Corporation of
     a Corporate Transaction or, if consummation of such Corporate
     Transaction is subject, at the time of such approval by
     shareholders, to the consent of any government or governmental
     agency, the obtaining of such consent (either explicitly or
     implicitly by consummation); excluding, however, such a
     Corporate Transaction pursuant to which (i) all or substantially
     all of the individuals and entities who are the beneficial
     owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Corporation Common
     Stock and Outstanding Corporation Voting Securities immediately
     prior to such Corporate Transaction will beneficially own,
     directly or indirectly, more than 60% of, respectively, the
     outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting
     from such Corporate Transaction and the combined voting power of
     the outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled
     to vote generally in the election of directors, in substantially
     the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to
     such Corporate Transaction, of the Outstanding Corporation
     Common Stock and Outstanding Corporation Voting Securities, as
     the case may be, (ii) no Person (other than the Corporation, any
     employee benefit plan (or related trust) participated in by the
     Corporation or such Corporation resulting form such Corporate
     Transaction and any Person beneficially owning, immediately
     prior to such Corporate Transaction and any person beneficially
     owning, immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction,
     directly or indirectly, 20% or more of the Outstanding
     Corporation Common Stock or Outstanding Voting Securities, as
     the case may be) will beneficially own, directly or indirectly,
     20% or more of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common
     stock of the corporation resulting from such Corporate
     Transaction or the combined voting power of the then outstanding
     voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally
     in the election of directors and (iii) individuals who were
     members of the Incumbent Board will constitute at least a
     majority of the members of the board of directors of the
     corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction; or
     
                                  53



          (D)  the approval by the shareholders of the Corporation of
     (i) a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation or
     (ii) the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all
     of the assets of the Corporation; excluding, however, such a
     sale or other disposition to a corporation, with respect to
     which following such sale or other disposition, (l) more than
     60% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common
     stock of such corporation and the combined voting power of the
     then outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled
     to vote generally in the election of directors will be then
     beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by all or
     substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the
     beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Corporation
     Common Stock and Outstanding Corporation Voting Securities
     immediately prior to such sale of other disposition in
     substantially the same proportion as their ownership,
     immediately prior to such sale or other disposition, of the
     Outstanding Corporation Common Stock and Outstanding corporation
     Voting Securities, as the case may be, (2) no Person (other than
     the Corporation and any employee benefit plan (or related trust)
     participated in by the Corporation or such corporation and any
     Person beneficially owning, immediately prior to such sale or
     other disposition, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of the
     Outstanding Corporation Common Stock or Outstanding corporation
     Voting Securities, as the case may be) will beneficially own,
     directly or indirectly, 20% or more for, respectively, the then
     outstanding shares of common stock of such corporation and the
     combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities
     of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election
     of directors and (3) individuals who were members of the
     Incumbent Board will constitute at least a majority of the
     members of the board of directors of such corporation.
     
                                  54



SECTION 7.     PLAN MODIFICATION APPLICABLE TO ARTICLE C

     The provisions for modification of this Article C shall be in
accordance with the restated provisions set forth in this Section 7
of Article C.

     The Board may from time to time make changes in the Plan.  In
addition, the Senior Vice President-Organization Development of the
Corporation  (or any successor to that officer's responsibilities),
with the concurrence of the Senior Vice President and General Counsel
of the Corporation (or any successor to that officer's
responsibilities), shall be authorized to make minor or
administrative changes to the Plan, as well as changes dictated by
the requirements of federal or state statutes applicable to any
Participating Company or authorized or made desirable by such
statutes.  Such changes shall not affect the rights of any Executive,
without the Executive's consent, to any benefit under the Plan to
which such person may have previously become entitled as a result of
a disability, death, termination of employment or a Change in Control
which occurred prior to the effective date of such change.


     
     


                SNET MANAGEMENT PENSION PLAN

A summary of amendments to the SNET Management Pension Plan
("Plan") is as follows:

Effective July 9, 1997:
Springwich Cellular Limited Partnership shall be a
Participating Company.

Effective August 27, 1997:
Southern New England Telecommunications Corporation is
designated as the Plan Administrator as defined by ERISA

Effective September 15, 1997:
Removal of unnecessary or extraneous language, such as Trust
provisions which are already in the Trust Agreement.

Simplification of Plan Language to facilitate ease of
participant understanding.

Effective January 1, 1998:
Reinstated Uraguay Round Agreements Act (GATT) provisions
applicable to the determination of minimum and maximum
pension distributions.

Eliminated mortality rate assumptions applicable to the
determination of maximum pension distributions.







                 SNET 1986 STOCK OPTION PLAN



     The Plan is amended as follows:

     (1)  Adding the following sentence to the end of the
          first paragraph of Section 9(c):

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, no optionee shall
          be eligible to make an Election (or otherwise
          elect to surrender his Stock Compensation in
          exchange for a cash payment as contemplated by
          this Section 9(c)) with respect to any Change of
          Control transaction involving SBC Communications
          Inc. that is accounted for as a pooling of
          interests transaction.













             SNET EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN
                                
             With amendments through January 1, 1998


















January 1998





                        TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                

SECTION 1.    PURPOSE                                           1

SECTION 2.    DEFINITIONS                                       1

SECTION 3.    FUNDING                                           2

SECTION 4.    ADMINISTRATION                                    3

SECTION 5.    CLAIMS PROCEDURE                                  3

SECTION 6.    MISCELLANEOUS                                     4

SECTION 7.    PLAN TERMINATION                                  4

SECTION 8.    SOURCE OF PAYMENTS                                4

SECTION 9.    UNFUNDED STATUS                                   5

SECTION 10.  CHANGE OF CONTROL                                  5

SECTION 11.  PLAN MODIFICATION                                  8


ARTICLE A.  EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT SAVINGS PROGRAM

SECTION 1.    PURPOSE OF ARTICLE A OF THIS PLAN                 9

SECTION 2.    ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS APPLICABLE UNDER
              ARTICLE A                                         9

SECTION 3.    PARTICIPATION UNDER ARTICLE A                    10

SECTION 4.    RESTORATION ALLOCATION &
              INCENTIVE AWARD ALLOCATION                       10

SECTION 5.    PAYMENT OF EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT SAVINGS
              PLAN ACCOUNT                                     12


ARTICLE B.  EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT SAVINGS PROGRAM

SECTION 1.    PURPOSE OF ARTICLE B OF THIS PLAN                13

SECTION 2.    ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS APPLICABLE UNDER
              ARTICLE B                                        13



ARTICLE B.  EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT SAVINGS PROGRAM (CONTINUED)

SECTION 3.    PARTICIPATION UNDER ARTICLE B                    14

SECTION 4.    RESTORATION ALLOCATION                           14

SECTION 5.    PAYMENT OF EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT SAVINGS
              PLAN ACCOUNT                                     15

             

             SNET EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

                                

SECTION 1.     PURPOSE

     The purpose of the SNET Executive Retirement Savings

Plan (the "Plan") is to provide certain management and

highly compensated employees of Southern New England

Telecommunications Corporation (the "Corporation") (and its

subsidiaries which have determined, with the consent of the

Committee, to participate in this Plan), with certain

contributions that would have been provided to them under

the SNET Management Retirement Savings Plan (the "Savings

Plan") if pensionable compensation were not subject to the

limitation imposed by Section 401(a)(17) of the Code and,

certain executives with an additional contribution based on

the amount of Short Term Incentive Award deferred by them.

     The Plan is intended to constitute an "unfunded plan

for deferred compensation for a select group of management

or highly compensated employees for purposes of Title 1 of

ERISA.

     The Plan shall consist of two components: (1) Article A

which contains the program available for executive-level

employees; and (2) Article B which contains the program

available for management employees below the executive-

level.



SECTION 2.  DEFINITIONS

     When used herein with initial capital letters, each of

the following terms shall have the corresponding meaning set

forth below unless a different meaning is plainly required

by the context in which the term is used:

     "Beneficiary" shall have the meaning provided under

Article A or Article B of this Plan, as applicable.
     
                             1


     "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the

Company.

     "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as

amended.

     "Committee" shall mean the Employees' Benefit Committee

under the SNET Management Retirement Savings Plan.

     "Company" shall mean The Southern New England Telephone

Company and, where applicable, the Board, a committee

thereof, or its authorized representatives.

     "Corporation" shall mean Southern New England

Telecommunications Corporation.

     "Deferral Plan" shall mean the SNET Incentive Award

Deferral Plan.

     "Employer" shall mean the Corporation and any other

company (or portion thereof) which is a Participating

Company in the Savings Plan.

     "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income

Security Act of 1974 as it may be amended from time to time.

     "Participant" shall mean an employee of an Employer who

is eligible to participate in the Plan pursuant to Article A

or Article B, as applicable.

     "Plan Year" shall mean the calendar year.

     "Salary" shall have the same meaning as provided in the

Savings Plan but shall also include amounts disregarded

pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code.

     "Savings Plan" shall mean the SNET Management

Retirement Savings Plan.

SECTION 3.  FUNDING

     Amounts payable under this Plan shall be "unfunded," as

that term is used in Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3), 401(a)(1)

and 4021(a)(6) of ERISA with respect to unfunded plans

maintained primarily for the purpose of providing 

deferred compensation to a select group of management 

or highly compensated employees, and the Plan shall be 

administered in a manner that will ensure that amounts 

payable hereunder are unfunded and that Participants 


                             2


will not be considered to have received a taxable economic 

benefit prior to the time at which amounts are actually 

payable hereunder.  Accordingly, a Participant's Plan account 

shall be only a bookkeeping account, and no Employer shall 

be required to segregate or earmark any of its assets for 

the benefit of Participants or their spouses or other 

beneficiaries, with each such person having only a contractual 

right against the Employer for amounts payable hereunder.  The 

rights and interest of a Participant under this Plan shall not be

subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale,

transfer, assignment, pledge or encumbrance by a Participant

or any person claiming under or through a Participant, nor

shall they be subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities

or torts of a Participant or anyone else prior to payment.

SECTION 4.  ADMINISTRATION

     The Plan Administrator as that term is defined under

ERISA is the Corporation and the Plan shall be operated

under the direction of the Corporation or its agents.  The

calculation of all amounts payable under the Plan shall be

performed by the Corporation or its agents, and such

calculations and the Corporation's or its agent's decisions

in all other matters involving the interpretation or

application of the Plan shall be final and binding on all

persons.

SECTION 5.  CLAIMS PROCEDURE

     All claims by a Participant, spouse or beneficiary for

amounts payable under this Plan shall be determined under

the claims procedure in effect under the Savings Plan

applicable to such person on the date that such claims are

submitted.  The person or entity authorized to determine

final claims appeals under the Savings Plan shall act for

the Corporation for the purpose of such claims

determination.

                             3


SECTION 6.  MISCELLANEOUS

     6.1  Plan Not an Employment Contract.  Neither the

adoption of the Plan by the Employer, nor any action of the

Employer or the Committee under the Plan, nor participation

in the Plan or failure to participate in the Plan by any

person, shall be held or construed to confer upon any person

any legal right to be continued as an employee of any

Employer.  All employees, regardless of whether they

participate in the Plan, shall be subject to discharge to

the same extent as they would have been if the Plan had

never been adopted.

     6.2  Headings.  Headings are included in the Plan for

convenience only and are not substantive provisions of the

Plan.

     6.3  Applicable Law.  The interpretation of the

provisions and the administration of the Plan shall be

governed by the laws of the State of Connecticut without

regard to principles of conflicts of laws, to the extent not

preempted by federal law.

SECTION 7.  PLAN TERMINATION

     The Board retains the right to terminate the Plan in

whole or in part, and each Participating Company retains the

right to withdraw from this Plan, at any time, for any

reason, with or without notice.  Unless the Participant

provides prior written consent, however, said withdrawal or

termination, as applicable, shall not affect the rights of

any Participant or Beneficiary to any benefit under the Plan

to which such person may have previously become entitled

prior to the effective date of the withdrawal or

termination.

SECTION 8.  SOURCE OF PAYMENTS

     Benefits arising under this Plan and all costs,

charges, and expenses relating thereto will be payable 

from SNET's general assets.  SNET may, however, establish 

a trust to pay such benefits and related expenses, 

provided such trust does not cause the Plan to be 

                             4


"funded" within the meaning of ERISA.  To the extent trust 

assets are available, they may be used to pay benefits arising 

under this Plan and

all costs, charges, and expenses relating thereto.  To the

extent that the funds held in the trust, if any, are

insufficient to pay such benefits, costs, charges and

expenses, SNET shall pay such benefits, costs, charges and

expenses from its general assets.

SECTION 9.  UNFUNDED STATUS

     The Plan at all times shall be entirely unfunded for

purposes of the Code and ERISA and no provision shall at any

time be made with respect to segregating any assets of a

Participating Company for payment of any benefits hereunder.

Funds that may be invested through a trust described in

Section VIII of the Plan shall continue for all purposes to

be part of the general assets of the Participating Company

which invested the funds.  The Plan constitutes a mere

promise by SNET and the Participating Companies to make

benefit payments, if any, in the future.  No Participant,

Beneficiary or any other person shall have any interest in

any particular assets of a Participating Company by reason

of the right to receive a benefit under the Plan and to the

extent the Participant, Beneficiary or any other person

acquires a right to receive benefits under this Plan, such

right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured

general creditor of a Participating Company.

SECTION 10. CHANGE OF CONTROL

     Any provision of the Plan to the contrary

notwithstanding, in the event of a Change of Control (as

defined below), any benefit accrued as of the date of the

Change of Control, shall not be subject to forfeiture and

shall be paid in a single lump sum on the last day of the

month following the month in which the Change of Control

occurred for those Participants currently eligible to

receive a distribution, other than a hardship distribution,

under the Plan, and on the last day of the month following

the month in which the event occurs (e.g., termination of

                             5



employment, disability or death) giving rise to the

obligations of SNET or Participating Company to pay such

benefit for those Participants not currently eligible to

receive a distribution, other than a hardship distribution,

under the Plan.  For this purpose, the accrued benefit shall

be calculated based upon the provisions of the Plan in

effect immediately prior to the Change of Control and shall

not be adversely affected because of any subsequent events,

including, without limitation, termination or amendment of

the Plan or the Savings Plan or the Deferral Plan, or lack

of continued status.

     For purposes of this Section X, a Change of Control

shall mean:

     (A)  an acquisition by any individual, entity or group
     (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of
     the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
     "Exchange Act")) (a "Person") of beneficial ownership
     (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the
     Exchange Act) of 20% or more of either (i) the then
     outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation
     (the Outstanding Corporation Common Stock") or (ii) the
     combined voting power of the then outstanding voting
     securities of the Corporation entitled to vote
     generally in the election of directors (the
     "Outstanding Corporation Voting Securities");
     excluding, however, the following:  (1) any acquisition
     directly from the Corporation, other than an
     acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion
     privilege unless the security being so converted was
     itself acquired directly from the Corporation, (2) any
     acquisition by the Corporation, (3) any acquisition by
     any employee benefit plan (or related trust)
     participated in by the Corporation or any corporation
     controlled by the Corporation or (4) any acquisition by
     any corporation pursuant to a reorganization, merger,
     consolidation or similar corporate transaction (in each
     case, a "Corporate Transaction"), if, pursuant to such
     Corporate Transaction, the conditions described in
     clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) of Paragraph (C) of this
     Section X are satisfied; or

     (B)  a change in the composition of the Board of
     Directors of the Corporation (the "Board") such that
     the individuals who, as of December 12, 1990,
     constitute the Board (the Board as of the above date
     shall be hereinafter referred to as the "Incumbent
     Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a
     majority of the Board; provided, however, for purposes
     of this Section X, that any individual who becomes a
     member of the Board subsequent to the above date whose
     election, or nomination for election by the
     shareholders of the Corporation, was approved by a vote
     of at least a majority of those individuals who are
     member of the Board and who were also members of the
     Incumbent Board (or deemed to be such pursuant to this
     provision) shall be considered as though such
     individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but,
     provided further, that any such individual whose
     initial assumption of office occurs as a result of
     either an actual or threatened election contest (as such 
     terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated 
     under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened 
     
                             6
     
     
     
     solicitation of proxies or consents by or on
     behalf of a Person other than the Board shall not be so
     considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; or

     (C)  the approval by the shareholders of the
     Corporation of a Corporate Transaction or, if
     consummation of such Corporate Transaction is subject,
     at the time of such approval by shareholders, to the
     consent of any government or governmental agency, the
     obtaining of such consent (either explicitly or
     implicitly by consummation); excluding, however, such a
     Corporate Transaction pursuant to which (i) all or
     substantially all of the individuals and entities who
     are the beneficial owners, respectively, of the
     Outstanding Corporation Common Stock and Outstanding
     Corporation Voting Securities immediately prior to such
     Corporate Transaction will beneficially own, directly
     or indirectly, more than 60% of, respectively, the
     outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation
     resulting from such Corporate Transaction and the
     combined voting power of the outstanding voting
     securities of such corporation entitled to vote
     generally in the election of directors, in
     substantially the same proportions as their ownership,
     immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction, of the
     Outstanding Corporation Common Stock and Outstanding
     Corporation Voting Securities, as the case may be, (ii)
     no Person (other than the Corporation, any employee
     benefit plan (or related trust) participated in by the
     Corporation or such Corporation resulting form such
     Corporate Transaction and any Person beneficially
     owning, immediately prior to such Corporate
     Transaction, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of the
     outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation
     resulting from such Corporate Transaction or the
     combined voting power of the then outstanding voting
     securities of such corporation entitled to vote
     generally in the election of directors and (iii)
     individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board
     will constitute at least a majority of the members of
     the board of directors of the corporation resulting
     from such Corporate Transaction; or

     (D)  the approval by the shareholders of the
     Corporation of (i) a complete liquidation or
     dissolution of the Corporation or (ii) the sale or
     other disposition of all or substantially all of the
     assets of the Corporation; excluding, however, such a
     sale or other disposition to a corporation, with
     respect to which following such sale or other
     disposition, (1) more than 60% of, respectively, the
     then outstanding shares of common stock of such
     corporation and the combined voting power of the then
     outstanding voting securities of such corporation
     entitled to vote generally in the election of directors
     will be then beneficially owned, directly or
     indirectly, by all or substantially all of the
     individuals and entities who were the beneficial
     owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Corporation
     Common Stock and Outstanding Corporation Voting
     Securities immediately prior to such sale of other
     disposition in substantially the same proportion as
     their ownership, immediately prior to such sale or
     other disposition, of the Outstanding Corporation
     Common Stock and Outstanding Corporation Voting
     Securities, as the case may be, (2) no Person (other
     than the Corporation and any employee benefit plan (or
     related trust) participated in by the Corporation or
     such corporation and any Person beneficially owning,
     immediately prior to such sale or other disposition,
     directly or indirectly, 20% or more of the Outstanding
     Corporation Common Stock or Outstanding Corporation
     Voting Securities, as the case may be) will
     beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 20% or more
     for, respectively, the then outstanding shares of
     common stock of such corporation and the combined
     voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of 
     
                             7
     
     
     
     such corporation entitle to vote generally in the
     election of directors and (3) individuals who were
     members of the Incumbent Board will constitute at least
     a majority of the members of the board of directors  of
     such corporation.


SECTION 11.  PLAN MODIFICATION

     The Board may from time to time make changes in the

Plan.  In addition, the Senior Vice President-Organization

Development of the Corporation (or any successor to that

officer's responsibilities), with the concurrence of the

Senior Vice President and General Counsel of the Corporation

(or any successor to that officer's responsibilities), shall

be authorized to make minor or administrative changes to the

Plan, as well as changes dictated by the requirements of

federal or state statutes applicable to any Participating

Company or authorized or made desirable by such statutes.

Such changes shall not affect the rights of any Participant,

or Beneficiary, without the Participant's consent, to any

benefit under the Plan to which such person may have

previously become entitled under the terms of the Plan.

                             8

                                
                                
                                
        ARTICLE A.  EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT SAVINGS PROGRAM


SECTION 1.     PURPOSE OF ARTICLE A OF THIS PLAN


     The purpose of this Article A, the Executive Retirement

Savings Program,  is to provide certain highly compensated

employees with certain contributions that would have been

provided to them under the SNET Management Retirement

Savings Plan (the "Savings Plan") if pensionable

compensation were not subject to the limitation imposed by

Section 401(a)(17) of the Code and with an additional

contribution based on the amount of Short Term Incentive

Award deferred by them.

SECTION 2.     ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS APPLICABLE UNDER ARTICLE A

     When used in this Article A with initial capital

letters, each of the following terms shall have the

corresponding meaning set forth below unless a different

meaning is plainly required by the context in which the term

is used:

     "Beneficiary" shall mean the person or persons entitled

to receive distributions under the Deferral Plan, or if the

Participant did not elect to participate in the Deferral

Plan, the Savings Plan, upon or after the death of a

Participant.

     "Executive Retirement Savings Plan Account" shall mean

the account provided for in Section 4 of this Article A.

     "Hardship" shall mean an unanticipated emergency that

is caused by an event beyond the control of the Participant

that would result in financial hardship for such Participant

if a distribution under the Plan were not permitted, as

determined by the person or entity designated under the Deferral 

Plan to make such determination in their sole discretion.  The 

                             9



person or entity so designated may require the 

Participant to submit whatever documentation the person

or entity deems appropriate to make such determination of

Hardship.

     "Incentive Award Allocation" shall mean allocations to

a Participant's Executive Retirement Savings Plan Account,

based on the amount of Short Term Incentive Award that is

deferred, as described in Section 3 of this Article A.

     "Savings Plan Restoration Allocation" shall mean

allocations to a Participant's Executive Retirement Savings

Plan Account, based on potential matching contributions to

the Savings Plan, as described in Section 4 of this Article A.

SECTION 3.      PARTICIPATION UNDER ARTICLE A

     Effective January 1, 1994, each employee of an Employer

who is eligible to participate in the Deferral Plan and

whose compensation from the Employer exceeds the limitations

of Section 401(a)(17) of the Code and whose matching

contributions by an Employer under the Savings Plan are

limited on account of such limitations shall be a

Participant in the Plan as of April 1 of the Plan Year

following a Plan Year in which such limitations occur,

provided such executive is on the active payroll or an

approved leave of absence as of that date.  Each executive

participating in the SNET Incentive Award Deferral Plan

shall be a Participant in the Plan upon the granting of an

award payment and the election of such Participant to defer

receipt of such award under such Plan, provided such

executive is on the active payroll or an approved leave of

absence as of the date any such award is granted.

SECTION 4. RESTORATION ALLOCATION AND INCENTIVE AWARD ALLOCATION

     4.1  Benefits under this Plan shall consist of two

components, one based on potential matching contributions

and the other on deferred Short Term Incentive Awards.  For

each Participant who, for a Plan Year, has made pre-tax

contributions to the Savings Plan in an amount equal to the

limitation under Section 402(g) of the Code or the maximum pre-tax 

                             10


contributions permitted under the terms of the Savings Plan, 

a Savings Plan Restoration Allocation shall be credited 

to the Participant's Executive Retirement Savings

Plan Account for each Plan Year, as of the end of the Plan

Year.  The Savings Plan Restoration Allocation shall be the

amount of additional matching contributions that would have

been made by the Employer to the Savings Plan on behalf of

the Participant had the limitations of Section 401(a)(17) of

the Code not been applicable in calculating such matching

contributions.  In determining this amount, the amount of

the Participant's deferral of their Short Term Incentive

Award under the Deferral Plan shall be added to the amount

contributed by the Participant to the Savings Plan to the

extent that the Participant was foreclosed from contributing

6% of their salary to the Savings Plan due to the limits

imposed under Section 402(g) of the Code.  Such allocation

shall be credited as of the first day of April of the Plan

Year following the Plan Year for which such matching

contributions would have been made to the Savings Plan but

for the limitations of Sections 401(a)(17) and 402(g) of the

Code.

     The second component shall consist of an Incentive

Award Allocation to be made to the Participant's Executive

Retirement Savings Plan Account equal to the amount that

would have been made as a matching contribution to the

Savings Plan had (i) the executive's deferred Short Term

Incentive Award been contributed to the Savings Plan, (ii)

the limitations of Section 401(a)(17) of the Code not been

applicable, (iii) the definition of Salary under the Savings

Plan been limited to the Participant's Short Term Incentive

Award, and (iv) matching contributions pursuant to the ESOP

portion of the Savings Plan not been made.  Such allocation

shall be credited when the Short Term Incentive Award is

granted.

     In addition, the Secretary of the Committee with the

advice of legal counsel, may provide for an additional

amount to be credited to a Participant's Savings Plan

Restoration Allocation account if the Secretary determines

that the additional credit is appropriate, due to 

                             11


the impact of administrative actions undertaken to insure 

compliance with applicable law, provided that the total of the 

amount credited by the Secretary hereunder shall not exceed 4% 

of the Participant's Salary for the Plan Year for which the

credit is given.

     4.2  Interest shall be credited on each Participant's

Executive Retirement Savings Plan Account, in accordance

with the interest crediting provisions of the Deferral Plan.

SECTION 5.  PAYMENT OF EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN ACCOUNT

     The amount credited to a Participant's Executive

Retirement Savings Plan Account, to the extent vested, shall

be paid to the Participant, or to the Participant's

Beneficiary in the event of death, in accordance with the

distribution provisions of the Deferral Plan when the

Participant ceases to be employed by any Employer due to the

Participant's retirement, termination of employment, death

or a Change in Control.  A Participant may also receive a

distribution of his benefits under the Plan, while still

employed by any Employer, in the case of a Hardship, to the

extent of the amount necessary to meet such Hardship.  A

Participant shall be vested in the amounts credited to an

Executive Retirement Savings Plan Account to the same extent

as the Participant is vested in amounts attributable to

Employer matching contributions to the Savings Plan.

                             12   
                                
                                
         ARTICLE B.  EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT SAVINGS PROGRAM


SECTION 1.     PURPOSE OF ARTICLE B OF THIS PLAN

     The purpose of this Article B, the Employee Retirement

Savings Program, is to provide certain highly compensated

employees with certain contributions that would have been

provided to them under the SNET Management Retirement

Savings Plan (the "Savings Plan") if pensionable

compensation were not subject to the limitation imposed by

Section 401(a)(17) of the Code.

SECTION 2.  ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS APPLICABLE UNDER ARTICLE B

     When used in this Article B with initial capital

letters, each of the following terms shall have the

corresponding meaning set forth below unless a different

meaning is plainly required by the context in which the term

is used:

     "Beneficiary" shall mean the person or persons entitled

to receive distributions under the Savings Plan upon or

after the death of a Participant.

     "Employee Retirement Savings Plan Account" shall mean

the account provided for in Section 4 of this Article B.

     "Hardship" shall mean an unanticipated emergency that

is caused by an event beyond the control of the Participant

that would result in financial hardship for such Participant

if a distribution under the Plan were not permitted, as

determined by the person or entity designated under the

Savings Plan to make such determination in their sole

discretion.  The person or entity so designated may require

the Participant to submit whatever documentation the person

or entity deems appropriate to make such determination of

Hardship.

                             13


     "Savings Plan Restoration Allocation" shall mean

allocations to a Participant's Employee Retirement Savings

Plan Account, based on potential matching contributions to

the Savings Plan, as described in Section 4 of this Article B.

SECTION 3. PARTICIPATION UNDER ARTICLE B

     Effective March 13, 1996, each employee of an Employer

who is not eligible to participate in the Deferral Plan and

whose compensation from the Employer exceeds the limitations

of Section 401(a)(17) of the Code and whose matching

contributions by an Employer under the Savings Plan are

limited on account of such limitations shall be a

participant in the Plan as of April 1 of the Plan Year

following a Plan Year in which such limitations occur,

provided such employee is on the active payroll or on an

approved leave of absence as of that date.

SECTION 4.     RESTORATION ALLOCATION

     4.1  For each Participant who, for a Plan Year, has

made pre-tax contributions to the Savings Plan in an amount

equal to the limitation under Section 402(g) of the Code or

the maximum pre-tax contributions permitted under the terms

of the Savings Plan, a Savings Plan Restoration Allocation

shall be credited to the Participant's Employee Retirement

Savings Plan Account for each Plan Year, as of the end of

the Plan Year.  The Savings Plan Restoration Allocation

shall be the amount of additional matching contributions

that would have been made by the Employer to the Savings

Plan on behalf of the Participant had the limitations of

Section 401(a)(17) of the Code not been applicable in

calculating such matching contributions. Such allocation

shall be credited as of the first day of April of the Plan

Year following the Plan Year for which such matching

contributions would have been made to the Savings Plan but

for the limitations of Sections 401(a)(17) and 402(g) of the

Code.

                             14



     In addition, the Secretary of the Committee with the

advice of legal counsel, may provide for an additional

amount to be credited to a Participant's Savings Plan

Restoration Allocation account if the Secretary determines

that the additional credit is appropriate due to the impact

of administrative actions undertaken to insure compliance

with applicable law, provided that the total of the amount

credited by the Secretary hereunder shall not exceed 4% of

the Participant's Salary for the Plan Year for which the

credit is given.

     4.2  Interest shall be credited on each Participant's

Employee Retirement Savings Plan Account, in accordance with

the interest crediting provisions of the Deferral Plan.

SECTION 5.     PAYMENT OF EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN ACCOUNT

     The amount credited to a Participant's Employee

Retirement Savings Plan Account, to the extent vested, shall

be paid to the Participant, or to the Participant's

Beneficiary in the event of death, as soon as

administratively practicable following the month in which

the Participant ceases to be employed by any Employer due to

the Participant's retirement, termination of employment,

death or a Change in Control.  A Participant may also

receive a distribution of his benefits under the Plan, while

still employed by any Employer, in the case of a Hardship,

to the extent of the amount necessary to meet such Hardship.

A Participant shall be vested in the amounts credited to an

Employee Retirement Savings Plan Account to the same extent

as the Participant is vested in amounts attributable to

Employer matching contributions to the Savings Plan.

                             15



                 SNET 1995 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN



     The Plan is amended as follows:

     (1)  Adding the following sentence to the end of the
          first paragraph of Section 12:

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, no participant
          shall be eligible to make an Election (or
          otherwise elect to surrender his Stock
          Compensation in exchange for a cash payment as
          contemplated by this Section 12) with respect to
          any Change of Control transaction involving SBC
          Communications Inc. that is accounted for as a
          pooling of interests transaction.






                   SNET Stay Bonus Program



1.   Purpose.  It is essential that Southern New England
Telecommunications Corporation ("SNET") be managed and
operated efficiently and effectively during the transition
period relating to SNET's acquisition by SBC Communications
Inc. ("SBC").  It is natural for persons to be concerned
about their careers and consider changes during times of
uncertainty.  To assure that SNET is able to retain
employees needed to discharge its commitments to customers
during the extended transition process, SNET has implemented
the SNET Stay Bonus (the "Program").

2.   Effective Date.  The Program shall be effective as of
January 5, 1998 (the "Effective Date").

3.   Definitions.  The following terms as used herein have
the meanings set forth below:

(a)  "Base Salary" means an Eligible Employee's annual basic
wage rate (or its full time equivalent for part time
employees) in effect on the Payment Date.

(b)  "Bonus" means an Eligible Employee's target bonus
opportunity in effect on the Payment Date or such higher
bonus amount actually earned by an Eligible Employee as of
the Payment Date.

(c)  "Eligible Employee" means each Salary Band 4 and Above
Executive of SNET who is on the active payroll or on a leave
of absence with a re-employment guarantee.  "Eligible
Employee" shall not include individuals who are at the
Payment Date classified by SNET as independent contractors
or "leased employees" as defined in Section 414(n) of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(d)  "Merger Agreement" means the Agreement and Plan of
Merger dated as of January 4, 1998 by and among Patriot,
Silver and Silver Ventures, Inc.

(e)  "Payment Date" means the earlier of the Effective Time
as defined in the Merger Agreement or the date of
termination of the Merger Agreement.

(f)  "Stay Bonus" means the sum of an eligible employee's
Base Salary and Bonus.

4.   Benefits.  The Company shall pay, in a cash lump sum
net of any applicable withholding or employment taxes, the
applicable Stay Bonus to each Eligible Employee who is
employed by the Company on the Payment Date.  An Eligible
Employee who is not employed by the Company on the Payment
Date shall not be entitled to receive the Stay Bonus that
otherwise would be due.

5.   Rights of Employees.  The Program is for the benefit of
each Eligible Employee and his or her heirs and
representatives and shall be enforceable by them in
accordance with its terms.  The Program is not a contract of
employment between the Company and the Eligible Employee and
shall not be construed to create a right of an Eligible
Employee to continued employment with the Company.

6.   Amendment and Termination.  SNET, through action of its
Board of Directors, may amend, modify or terminate the
Program for any or no reason.




EXHIBIT 12
1997 Form 10-K




            Southern New England Telecommunications Corporation
                              Computation of
                    Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
                                



      Dollars in Millions, For the Year Ended December 31,        1997
                                             
      Income before income taxes                                $316.0
                                             
      Add:                                   
       Interest on indebtedness                                   89.0
       Portion of rents representative of the interest factor      6.6
                                             
      Earnings before fixed charges and income taxes (1)        $411.6
                                             
      Fixed charges                          
       Interest charges                                         $ 93.6
       Portion of rents representative of the interest factor      6.6
                                             
      Fixed charges (2)                                         $100.2
                                             
      Ratio of earnings to fixed charges [(1) divided by (2)]     4.11
                                             





                                  [SNET LOGO]

                              SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND
                         TELECOMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
                               227 CHURCH STREET
                          NEW HAVEN, CONNECTICUT 06510

                              --------------------

                               1997 ANNUAL REPORT

                              --------------------

                                             WIRELINE
                                             WIRELESS
                                             INFORMATION AND
                                             ENTERTAINMENT

<PAGE>

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     Financial Highlights                                                      1
     Business Highlights                                                       2
     Letter to Shareowners                                                     3
     Financial Commentary                                                      6
     Report of Management                                                     15
     Report of Independent Accountants                                        15
     Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss)                                 16
     Consolidated Balance Sheets                                              17
     Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity               18
     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows                                    19
     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                               20
     Financial Data (Unaudited)                                               32
     Statistical Data (Unaudited)                                             33
     Investor Information                                                     34
     Other Information                                                        35

NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING                                                      37

PROXY STATEMENT

     Proxy Information                                                        38
     Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock                                     38
     Election of Directors (Proposal 1)                                       39
       Nominees for Election as Directors                                     39
       Directors Continuing in Office                                         40
       Compensation and Other Information Regarding Directors                 41
       Committees of the Board                                                41
     Ratification of Appointment of Auditors (Proposal 2)                     42
     Shareholder Proposals                                                    42
     Other Matters to Come Before the Meeting                                 42
     Report of Personnel and Board Affairs Committee
        of the Board of Directors on Executive
        Compensation                                                          42
          1997 Executive Compensation                                         43
          CEO Compensation                                                    43
     Summary Compensation Table                                               44
     Option/SAR Grants in the Last Fiscal Year                                45
     Aggregated Option/SAR Exercises in Last Fiscal
       Year and Fiscal Year End Option/SAR Values                             46
     Pension Plan                                                             46
     Change-in-Control Agreements                                             47
     Certain Transactions                                                     47
     Performance Graph                                                        47
     Financial Statements                                                     47



WHO WE ARE

SNET is a Connecticut-based company reaching beyond its traditional borders to
offer wireline, wireless and information and entertainment services, including
local, national and international calling; mobile communications; and
publishing, information and advertising. The company is building I-SNET(SM), a
statewide, information superhighway that brings to customers a full array of
information, communications and entertainment services. In the latest J.D. Power
national customer satisfaction survey, SNET was ranked the number-one,
long-distance company in America among mainstream users.

<PAGE>

SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND TELECOMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

Dollars in Millions, Except as Noted        1997          1996          1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPERATING RESULTS

Revenues and Sales                      $2,022.3      $1,941.9      $1,816.4
  Annual Growth                              4.1%          6.9%          5.7%
Costs and Expenses(1)                   $1,245.7      $1,203.6      $1,121.6
Net Income (Loss)(2)                    $  193.8      $  192.8      $ (518.3)
                                                                    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PER SHARE INFORMATION (DOLLARS)                                     
                                                                    
Basic Earnings Per Share                                            
  Income Before Extraordinary Charge    $   2.99      $   2.95      $   2.60
  Net Income (Loss)(2)                  $   2.93      $   2.95      $  (7.99)
Diluted Earnings Per Share                                          
  Income Before Extraordinary Charge    $   2.98      $   2.94      $   2.60
  Net Income (Loss)(2)                  $   2.92      $   2.94      $  (7.99)
Dividends Declared                      $   1.76      $   1.76      $   1.76
Market Price (year-end)                 $ 50.313      $ 38.875      $ 39.750
                                                                    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AT YEAR-END                                                         
                                                                    
Total Assets                            $2,770.9      $2,671.0      $2,724.2
Debt Ratio                                  69.2%         74.9%         80.0%
Total Employees                            9,743         9,441         9,070

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STATISTICAL DATA

Network Access Lines in Service
 thousands)(3)                             2,286         2,163         2,073
  Annual Growth(3)                           5.7%          4.3%          3.2%
Second Residential Network
 Access Lines in Service (thousands)         127            97            75
  Annual Growth                             30.9%         29.3%         25.0%
Network Interstate Access
 Minutes of Use (millions)                 8,291         7,906         7,298
  Annual Growth                              4.9%          8.3%          5.5%
Interstate and International
 Toll Access Line Subscribers (thousands)    941           758           266
  Annual Growth                             24.1%        185.0%        127.4%
Cellular Subscribers (thousands)(4)          457           392           323
  Annual Growth(4)                          16.6%         21.4%         94.6%

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OTHER DATA

Operating Cash Flow(5)                  $  776.6      $  738.3      $  694.8
Telephone Company Wireline Cost
     Per Access Line (dollars)(6)       $    312      $    332      $    320
Net Cash Provided by Operating
     Activities                         $  616.0      $  477.4      $  442.6
Cash Expended for Capital Additions     $  472.4      $  373.8      $  357.4
Cash Dividends Paid                     $  102.4      $  100.2      $   98.0
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)  Excludes depreciation and amortization.

(2)  1997 includes a $6.4 before-tax extraordinary charge for the early
     extinguishment of debt that reduced net income by $3.7 and both basic and
     diluted earnings per share by $.06. 1995 includes a $1,202.6 before-tax
     extraordinary charge for the discontinuance of SFAS No. 71, "Accounting for
     the Effects of Certain Types of Regulation," that reduced net income by
     $687.1 and basic and diluted earnings per share by $10.59.

(3)  Excluding the purchase of Woodbury Telephone Company ("Woodbury"), network
     access lines in service would have increased 4.7% to 2,265,000 in 1997.

(4)  Excluding the subscribers from the acquired cellular properties, cellular
     subscribers would have increased 51.1% to 251,000 subscribers in 1995.

(5)  Represents operating income before depreciation and amortization. Operating
     cash flow is not a generally accepted accounting principle measurement.
     Management provides this measurement for informational purposes only.

(6)  Excludes depreciation and amortization, property and other taxes,
     publishing and bad debt expenses. Also, excludes costs and access lines
     resulting from the purchase of Woodbury.

                               SNET Annual Report                              1
<PAGE>

BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS

*    On January 5, 1998, we announced a definitive agreement to merge with SBC
     Communications Inc. This $4.4 billion transaction will combine companies
     with complementary wireless businesses and strong local telephone company
     operations.

*    We earned $2.99 per share before an extraordinary charge, up 1.4% despite
     rising competition, added costs resulting from regulatory decisions and
     implementation expenses for the Year 2000.

*    J.D. Power and Associates rated SNET the number one long-distance company
     in America among mainstream users in a national survey. By year-end, we
     served 41% of the lines in the long-distance market in Connecticut.

*    Access lines company-wide rose 5.7%, an historical high, as people added
     second lines for fax machines and internet use, combined with strong
     business demand for centrex lines.

*    We received DPUC approval to formally split the company into separate
     wholesale and retail operations. In January 1998, our competitive local
     exchange carrier ("CLEC") opened for business.

*    Our historic launch of SNET americast, the company's cable-TV business,
     occurred on March 11 in Farmington, Connecticut. We have achieved very
     strong market share in a short period of time. SNET internet access market
     share also registered solid gains to become the second-largest provider in
     Connecticut.

*    We began converting to Time Division Multiple Access ("TDMA") digital
     wireless technology while continuing to improve financial performance. Our
     wireless operating margin was 28%, up from 15% in 1996.

*    We acquired Woodbury Telephone Company ("Woodbury") in July. The new
     relationship with SNET will enable Woodbury to build on its sophisticated
     fiber-optic and digital network capabilities to offer an expanded array of
     new products and services.

2                              SNET Annual Report

<PAGE>

LETTER TO SHAREOWNERS

To Our Shareowners:

This was an extraordinary year at SNET with stellar market-share growth in key
market segments, prestigious national and international recognition, wireless
margins almost doubling from 15 percent to 28 percent, and the launch of an
unprecedented restructure of the business. And we capped all this off with the
announcement on January 5, 1998 of a planned merger with the world's most
admired global telecommunications company, SBC Communications Inc. The merger
will begin a new chapter in SNET's history.

     I am very enthusiastic about this merger. SBC is an ideal match that will
maximize our significant local strengths and assure our future. That makes the
merger good news for you as well as our customers and employees. It will put us
in the best possible position to serve Connecticut's communications and
information needs for the next century, enhancing our ability to deliver
excellent customer service and an increasing array of exciting new products. The
merger will give our company the scale and scope needed to compete successfully
in a rapidly changing and consolidating industry.

     This tax-free stock merger will give you 1.7568 shares of SBC stock for
every SNET share you own. That exchange ratio is adjusted for SBC's recently
announced 2 for 1 stock split. Although the price will fluctuate until the
merger is closed, this represented a 33 percent premium over the price of SNET
stock on the Friday before we announced the agreement. This premium is already
being reflected in our current stock price. When the merger is completed, you
will hold stock in SBC, a company that has produced one of the best rates of
total shareholder return in the industry, with a record of double-digit earnings
growth and annual dividend increases.

     The first regulatory hurdle for the merger was cleared on February 21 when
the Department of Justice allowed the deadline for seeking additional
information about the merger to expire. In addition, we will need a green light
from you, our shareholders, as well as the Federal Communications Commission
(FCC), the Connecticut Department of Public Utility Control (DPUC), and other
state PUCs. With these approvals, we anticipate completing the merger by year's
end.


                             [Picture of Chairman]

                                Daniel J. Miglio
                      Chairman and Chief Executive Officer


SOLID FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

The events that highlighted 1997 are reflected in our performance. Earnings were
very solid, considering increased competition and the impacts of some $47
million we had to absorb from new regulatory requirements and for expensive Year
2000 computer reprogramming.

     In 1997, we had an extraordinary after-tax charge in the first quarter of
$0.06 per share to redeem debt. Income before the extraordinary charge was $198
million and basic earnings per share were $2.99, compared with last year's net
income of $193 million or basic earnings per share of $2.95.

     Consolidated 1997 revenues and sales were up 4 percent to over $2 billion.
Wireline revenues were boosted by a 40 percent increase in our
interstate/international long-distance business and by a robust 5.7 percent
increase in access lines. The Woodbury acquisition contributed about 21,000
lines or 1 percent of the increase. We also had higher revenues from vertical
services like Caller ID, call blocking and missed-call dialing, as well as an
increase in network-access revenues. In-state toll revenues declined 15 percent,
reflecting the full annual impact of equal-access competition and competitive
discounting. Wireless revenues were up 4 percent on a 17 percent increase in
customers, largely offset by a decline in roaming rates. Information and
entertainment revenues grew 3


                               SNET Annual Report                              3

<PAGE>

percent, reflecting our thriving internet access business and our introduction
of cable-TV service.

     Consolidated operating and maintenance expenses for 1997 were up nearly 4
percent to $1,193 million. Wireline expenses rose nearly 6 percent to support
the strong growth in our interstate/international long-distance business.
Wireless expenses dropped 12 percent or $22 million as a result of our
successful initiatives to reduce fraud and bad debt as well as to lower
customer-acquisition costs. Information and entertainment expenses rose 34
percent or $25 million largely to support the rollout of SNET americast and also
to help expand our internet access service. Depreciation and amortization
expenses were up 7 percent for the year because of higher levels of property,
plant and equipment. Interest expense was up slightly.

MAJOR ACHIEVEMENTS

Although the merger announcement created the biggest headlines, we scored big on
many fronts.

     Superb market-share growth in the interstate/ international long-distance
business against formidable national competitors led the way. We now serve 41
percent of the lines in the Connecticut market. Not surprisingly, in a J.D.
Power national customer-satisfaction survey, we were rated the number-one
long-distance company among mainstream users. And the bundling of internet
access service with long-distance has proven to be a winning strategy. Internet
revenues tripled and we closed 1997 with more than 85,000 customers.

     Nationwide, the growth of internet traffic has created bottlenecks for
frustrated users. One reason for the success of our internet service has been
SNET's ability to stay ahead of the explosive demand. We have done this by
deploying a new overlay network to enhance reliability and service for our
customers.

     This was also the year of our historic entry into the cable-TV business
with SNET americast. We've been winning raves for our superior picture quality,
top-notch customer service, creative programming and unique on-screen navigator.
In the few months we've been in business, we've achieved excellent market share
in the towns we serve.

     We've made major strides in our wireless business, significantly improving
profit margins. We will continue on this road, by aggressively reducing costs
and improving revenue per customer as we strive to reach and surpass industry
norms. We have also begun deploying digital technology, which opens the door to
truly advanced wireless communication. We plan to market our digital
capabilities aggressively in 1998.

     Our wireline network organization won a major kudos in 1997 by gaining ISO
9002 certification for the provisioning and maintenance of digital special
services and ISDN. The International Organization for Standardization, based in
Geneva, Switzerland, publishes a set of operating standards that define
excellence. Achieving the standard gives us a competitive edge because it means
higher product quality, better customer service, faster response time and lower
costs. We are now expanding this standard to other key areas of our wholesale
business.

     We modernized and retrofitted our network statewide so we could offer
broadly our popular new services like Caller ID with name. We're also expanding
our asynchronous transfer mode (ATM) and frame-relay network to meet the
increasing data demands of Connecticut customers.

     Part of our network reliability program includes having one of the most
aggressive SONET ring deployment schedules in the country. SONET ring technology
improves network reliability dramatically by providing an alternate route for
calls if there is a problem. Today, we have 47 rings in place. In 1997, 99
percent of our central offices were connected with SONET rings and all will be
connected this year.

     We are also expanding beyond traditional markets. Our new nationwide
Teleservices group is a small but fast-growing segment of our business. It
leverages our operators' unique people skills and SNET's call-handling
technology to provide customer-service functions that we are marketing to other
companies. I believe that Teleservices offer us significant new growth
potential.

     In addition, we acquired Woodbury Telephone last year. Both SNET and
Woodbury have served Connecticut customers since the 1870s, and we have both
benefited from our cooperative working relationships during that time. The
acquisition has formalized that relationship.

REGULATORY DEVELOPMENTS

Our corporate restructure into wholesale and retail will enable each unit to
focus on its unique customers. It will allow our retail arm to compete on a
level playing field and enable our wholesale business to maximize resale
opportunities.

     We were able to move ahead with the approval of the DPUC. A Federal court
has just ruled in our favor

4                              SNET Annual Report

<PAGE>

over challenges to this restructure by two competitors. There could be appeals
of this ruling and there are also court challenges on the state level.

     Meanwhile, our own CLEC is ramping up. It just opened for business, serving
a small segment of our market, and it will lead our retail strategy. We will be
operating with the old and the new retail structure until the DPUC determines
that our wholesale operating support systems are available on a comparable basis
to all CLECs, which is a requirement of the Federal Telecommunications Act. We
are among those on the leading edge in fostering local competition through
access to comparable systems. Achieving this is a significant undertaking
involving millions of dollars and hundreds of people.

     New regulations regarding our restructure allow large business customers to
take a "fresh look" at contracts for services like private line and
frame-relay data transmission. And, beginning in January 1999, Connecticut
consumers will undergo a balloting period where, if they have not already done
so, they will have the opportunity to choose a CLEC for their local service.

     In a series of actions, the Eighth Circuit Court of Appeals (Eighth
Circuit) agreed with SNET and others, overturning the pricing rules and certain
provisions related to unbundled network elements that had been set by the FCC.
The Supreme Court decided recently that it would review the Eighth Circuit's
rulings, which still remain in effect. We don't anticipate a Supreme Court
decision until 1999.

SNET BRINGS A GREAT DEAL TO THE MERGER

It was 120 years ago that SNET took the concept of a telephone exchange and
created the very first one in the nation. Founding father, George Coy, put it
together with hoop-skirt wire and brainpower. The thread linking the innovation
of each of SNET's many "firsts" has been the hard work and commitment that
employees have dedicated to this company throughout its proud history. That
heritage has resulted in a very strong brand name and the broadest product line
in the industry. We will bring a great deal to the merger.

     By joining the SBC family, SNET's future will be even brighter because the
constraints of scale and scope will no longer exist. As part of SBC, we will
gain a larger wireless footprint, more resources for marketing, product and
technology development, greater purchasing power and global reach.

     As we begin to write a new chapter in our history, we are seizing the
opportunities that change offers; but we intend to preserve the core values that
have brought us so far: respect for employees, our most important assets; and
honesty and integrity in all of our relationships. SNET's merger with SBC will
only serve to bolster our commitment to support and enhance the quality of life
in Connecticut and contribute to its economic development. Even as we grow and
expand, our roots are firmly planted and our values are solidly in place.


/s/ DAN MIGLIO
- ------------------------------------
Daniel J. Miglio
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
February 27, 1998

                               SNET Annual Report                              5

<PAGE>

SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND TELECOMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

FINANCIAL COMMENTARY
(Dollars in Millions, Except Per Share Amounts)

Southern New England Telecommunications Corporation ("Corporation") has business
units in the following telecommunications product groups: wireline; wireless;
and information and entertainment. Wireline includes telephone-related services,
premium services and equipment sales. Wireless consists of cellular and paging
services and cellular equipment sales; and information and entertainment
includes publishing, internet and cable television services. Other activities,
such as real estate and holding company operations, are included with
eliminations and other sales.

PLANNED MERGER

On January 4, 1998, the Corporation's Board of Directors approved a definitive
merger agreement with SBC Communications Inc. ("SBC"). The Board's deliberations
focused on the complementary strengths and the possible advantages of a
combination.

     The process leading to the Board's adoption of the merger began in late
1996 with a review of strategic goals in the context of rising costs (including
non-recurring items such as Year 2000 costs) and a rapidly changing regulatory
environment. As a result of this review, the Board concluded that the
Corporation would need to substantially increase the scale and scope of its
operations in order to continue to compete successfully and in a cost-effective
manner in the increasingly competitive telecommunications industry, and to
provide customers with the broad range of telecommunications products and
services they would demand and to meet the goals of its shareholders.

     During 1997, management explored possibilities for various joint ventures
and business alliances in specific product areas with a view toward increasing
the scale and scope of operations. In the fall of 1997, management ultimately
concluded that a combination with a major telecommunications company was the
best alternative in order to achieve the Corporation's strategic and financial
objectives.

     Management believes that the merger with SBC is in the best interest of
shareholders because it offers them the opportunity of becoming investors in a
company with global presence and a track record of success in growing long-term
value for shareholders. In addition, the merger will likely strengthen the
Corporation's ability to compete in the increasingly competitive
telecommunications industry [see Note 2].

OPERATING RESULTS

Income before extraordinary charge was $197.5, $192.8 and $168.8 in 1997, 1996
and 1995, respectively. The corresponding basic earnings per share for those
years were $2.99, $2.95 and $2.60 while the corresponding diluted earnings per
share amounts were $2.98, $2.94 and $2.60. The financial results are summarized
as follows:

For the Years Ended December 31,                 1997      1996      1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Income before extraordinary
  charge                                       $197.5    $192.8   $ 168.8
Extraordinary charge, net of tax                 (3.7)       --    (687.1)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Income (Loss)                              $193.8    $192.8   $(518.3)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic Earnings (Loss) Per Share:
  Income before extraordinary
    charge                                     $  2.99   $  2.95  $   2.60
  Extraordinary charge                            (.06)       --    (10.59)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic Earnings (Loss) Per Share                $  2.93   $  2.95  $  (7.99)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Diluted Earnings (Loss) Per Share:
  Income before extraordinary
    charge                                     $  2.98   $  2.94  $   2.60
  Extraordinary charge                            (.06)       --    (10.59)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Diluted Earnings (Loss) Per Share              $  2.92   $  2.94  $  (7.99)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Income before extraordinary charge increased $4.7 in 1997 primarily as a
result of growth in revenues from interstate and international toll, network
access and local service. The wireless margin rose to approximately 28% in 1997
from approximately 15% in 1996 due primarily to cost controls in the wireless
area. Offsets include a decline in intrastate toll revenues, increases in
expenses for the cable television offering, the Year 2000 compliance costs and
revenue reductions and cost increases associated with the implementation of
regulatory mandates.

     Income before extraordinary charge increased $24.0 in 1996 due primarily to
strong revenues in interstate and international toll and wireless, offset
partially by an increase in wireline expenses.

     On February 18, 1997, the Corporation redeemed $80.0 of 8.70% medium-term
notes due 2031 by issuing short-term debt. The early extinguishment of debt
resulted in an extraordinary charge of $3.7, net of related tax benefits of
$2.7, or $.06 per share, for both basic and diluted earnings per share. As a
result of this charge, net income for 1997 was $193.8, or $2.93 basic earnings
per share and $2.92 diluted earnings per share.

     On February 4, 1997, the Corporation issued $100.0 of 6.50% medium-term
notes due 2002. The issuance replaced a portion of short-term debt related to
the cellular acquisitions in 1995.

     In 1995, the Corporation recorded a non-cash extraordinary charge of
$1,202.6, $687.1 after-tax or 


6                              SNET Annual Report

<PAGE>

$10.59 per share, for both basic and diluted earnings per share, related to the
discontinuance of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 71,
"Accounting for the Effects of Certain Types of Regulation." This non-cash
extraordinary charge consisted of the elimination of net regulatory assets and
the recognition of depreciation reserve deficiencies. As a result of this
charge, net loss for 1995 was $518.3, or $7.99 per share for both basic and
diluted earnings per share.

REVENUES AND SALES

Revenues and sales increased $80.4, or 4.1%, in 1997 and $125.5, or 6.9%, in
1996. The components of revenues and sales by product group are summarized as
follows:

For the Years Ended December 31,                  1997         1996        1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wireline:
  Local service                              $   701.9    $   673.7   $   641.6
  Network access                                 429.2        388.1       369.4
  Intrastate toll                                213.0        251.2       266.4
  Interstate and international toll              142.1        101.2        42.1
  Premium services and equipment
    sales                                        126.7        107.6       104.9
  Other revenues                                  52.8         50.1        57.0
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Wireline                                 1,665.7      1,571.9     1,481.4
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wireless:
  Cellular service                               213.7        203.0       153.1
  Cellular equipment sales                         7.2         10.1         7.8
  Paging                                           6.5          6.1        12.2
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Wireless                                   227.4        219.2       173.1
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Information And Entertainment                    189.4        184.2       180.9
Eliminations And Other Sales                     (60.2)       (33.4)      (19.0)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Revenues and Sales                     $ 2,022.3    $ 1,941.9   $ 1,816.4
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Revenues increased due primarily to growth in interstate and international
toll, local service and network access, offset partially by declines in
intrastate toll due primarily to competition.

     WIRELINE Local service revenues, derived from providing local exchange,
advanced calling features and local private line services, increased $28.2, or
4.2%, in 1997 and $32.1, or 5.0%, in 1996. Growth in 1997 and 1996 was primarily
attributable to increases of 5.7% and 4.3%, respectively, in the number of
access lines in service. Excluding the purchase of Woodbury Telephone Company
("Woodbury") [see Note 2], access lines would have increased 4.7%. The increases
in access lines for both years included significant growth in Centrex business
lines and second residential lines. Additionally, in 1997, local service
revenues increased due to compensation received as part of the pay telephone
reclassification and compensation provisions of the Federal Telecommunications
Act of 1996 ("Act") [see Regulatory Matters--Federal]. Local service
revenues also increased due to growth in vertical services. The increase in
local service revenues for 1997 was tempered by a decrease in revenues
recognized from wireless carriers (due to a decrease in the generic wireless
tariff in accordance with the Act) and customer migration from flat-rate
services to lower priced Centrex services. Management expects increased
competition to negatively impact local service revenues as other
telecommunications providers offer local service and as the Connecticut
Department of Public Utility Control ("DPUC")-mandated balloting process
commences, scheduled for early 1999 [see Competition].

     Network access revenues represent charges assessed on interexchange
carriers and end users for access to the local exchange network. 1997 network
access revenues increased $41.1, or 10.6%, compared with an increase of $18.7,
or 5.1%, in 1996. Interstate access revenues increased $24.6, or 6.8%, in 1997
due primarily to the effects of the reversal of proposed 1996 tariff changes and
interconnection discount plans, and to growth in interstate minutes of use of
4.9% and an increase in access lines in service. Offsetting the impact of these
items was a decrease in annual tariff rates in accordance with the Corporation's
July 1997 Federal Communications Commission ("FCC") filing under price cap
regulation [see Regulatory Matters--Federal]. Interstate access revenues in 1996
increased $10.2, or 2.9%, due primarily to an 8.3% growth in interstate minutes
of use and an increase in access lines in service. Partially offsetting the
impact of the increase in minutes of use was a decrease in rates due to proposed
tariff changes and interconnection discount plans and reduced access tariff
rates. In 1997 and 1996, intrastate access revenues increased $15.4 and $8.5,
respectively, due primarily to an increase in intrastate minutes of use by
competitive providers of intrastate long-distance service. Management expects
continued increases in minutes of use as more competitors enter Connecticut's
fully competitive marketplace.

     In 1997, intrastate toll revenues, which include primarily revenues from
toll and WATS "800" services, decreased $38.2, or 15.2%, compared with a
decrease of $15.2, or 5.7%, in 1996. The decrease in 1997 was due primarily to a
12.2% reduction in toll message volume, as well as reduced intrastate toll
rates. Lower toll volume was due primarily to the highly competitive toll market
as a result of a full year of intrastate equal access. The decrease in
intrastate toll revenues in 1996 was due primarily to a decline in intrastate
toll rates attributable to customer migration to several discount calling plans.
Also contributing to the decrease was a reduction in toll message volume of
approximately 1%. Competition and the offering of competitive discount calling
plans will continue to place downward pressure on intrastate toll revenues.

     Interstate and international toll revenues increased $40.9 in 1997 and
$59.1 in 1996. In both 1997 and 1996, the increase was a result of significant
growth in the customer base. Long-distance access lines in service increased to
941,000 at the end of 1997 from 758,000 at the end of 1996. The growth was
primarily a result of customer migration to the SNET All Distance(R) product


                               SNET Annual Report                              7

<PAGE>

line which allows Connecticut customers to package and discount their entire
long-distance calling in one plan.

     Premium services and equipment revenues increased $19.1, or 17.8%, in 1997
and $2.7, or 2.6%, in 1996. The 1997 increase was due primarily to revenues from
special one-time projects with other competitive local exchange carriers
("CLECs") and an increase in revenues from the Corporation's Gateway and Prime
Axxess product lines. These increases were partially offset by a decline in
leased telephone set revenue.

WIRELESS Cellular service revenues increased $10.7, or 5.3%, in 1997 and $49.9,
or 32.6%, in 1996. The increases in 1997 and 1996 were due primarily to growth
of 16.6% and 21.4%, respectively, in the subscriber base in response to
competitive marketing and pricing strategies. The Corporation's focus in 1997
was on customer retention and increased bundled packages. Also contributing to
the increase in 1996 was the impact from the first full year of revenues from
the cellular acquisitions completed in July 1995 [see Note 2].

     Paging revenues were relatively flat in 1997, compared with a decrease of
$6.1 in 1996. The impact of the sale of paging network assets in June 1995
contributed to the 1996 reduction in sales. Wireless continues, as a reseller,
to market paging services under the Page 2000r brand name.

INFORMATION AND ENTERTAINMENT Information and entertainment revenues
increased $5.2 in 1997 and $3.3 in 1996. The increase in 1997 was due primarily
to growth in internet sales related to an increase in the customer base, from
approximately 35,000 in 1996 to over 85,000 in 1997. Additionally, SNET
americast, the Corporation's cable television offering, began operations in
1997.

COSTS AND EXPENSES

Total costs and expenses increased $65.1, or 4.2%, in 1997 and $92.1, or 6.3%,
in 1996. Total costs and expenses are summarized as follows:

For the Years Ended December 31,                   1997         1996        1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Operating costs                               $ 1,192.6    $ 1,149.0   $ 1,065.1
Depreciation and amortization                     379.1        356.1       346.0
Taxes other than income                            53.1         54.6        56.5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Costs and Expenses                      $ 1,624.8    $ 1,559.7   $ 1,467.6
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Operating costs consist primarily of employee-related expenses, including
wages and benefits. Cost of goods sold and general and administrative expenses,
including marketing, represent the remaining portion of these expenses. Total
operating costs increased $43.6, or 3.8%, in 1997, compared with an increase of
$83.9, or 7.9%, in 1996. Operating costs increased to support growth in
interstate and international toll and internet, and to deploy the cable
television offering. Also contributing to the increase in operating costs were
expenses to comply with regulatory mandates and to address Year 2000 compliance.
These increases were offset by decreases in wireless expenses due to improved
cost controls.

     The Year 2000 costs increased from approximately $2 in 1996 to
approximately $14 in 1997. These costs will continue to be incurred over the
next two to three years, with related expenses to be approximately $23 to $26 in
1998, with overall costs estimated to be $50 to $70. The Corporation has
established a plan which addresses the business risks and systems exposures of
Year 2000 compliance across business, communications, and technology systems and
processes. The plan covers Year 2000 compliance related to systems, telephone
equipment and infrastructure, vendors and suppliers, and internal company
operations. The Corporation anticipates all business-critical systems will be
converted and tested prior to the end of 1999, however, some work on other
systems is anticipated to continue into 2000.

     Statement of Position ("SOP") 98-1, "Accounting for the Costs of Computer
Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use," was issued on March 4, 1998.
This SOP requires the capitalization of certain costs of computer software
developed or obtained for internal use and is effective for financial statements
for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1998. Management currently
estimates that based on historical information, $20 to $40 of 1998 expenses
would be capitalized and amortized over lives ranging from 3 to 15 years.

WIRELINE Wireline operating costs increased $53.8, or 5.6%, in 1997 and
$99.9, or 11.6%, in 1996. The increase in both years was due primarily to an
increase in the direct costs of providing interstate and international toll
services. Also contributing to the increase in 1997 were the costs incurred in
connection with special one-time projects with other CLECs, costs related
to compliance with regulatory mandates [see Regulatory Matters] and Year 2000
compliance.

     In addition to the increase in direct costs previously discussed, 1996
costs increased as a result of higher contract services, bad debts and marketing
expenses.

WIRELESS Wireless operating costs decreased $22.3, or 12.1%, in 1997 due
primarily to reduced fraud levels as a result of improved preventive control
measures. Also contributing to the decrease were lower customer acquisition
costs due to the mix of internal sales channels and third party distributor
payments and reduced bad debt expense.

     1996 costs were relatively flat when compared to 1995. Costs from the first
full year of the expanded


8                              SNET Annual Report

<PAGE>

cellular area in 1996 were offset by lower customer acquisition costs and
roaming fraud due to preventive control programs.

INFORMATION AND ENTERTAINMENT Information and entertainment operating costs
increased $24.8, or 33.6%, in 1997 compared with a decrease of $4.4, or 5.6%, in
1996. The 1997 increase was due primarily to costs associated with deploying
SNET americast. Also contributing to the increase in expenses was the cost of
providing internet services to a larger customer base.

     The decrease in 1996 expenses was due primarily to the discontinuance of a
multimedia trial, offset partially by costs of providing internet service and
development costs associated with the commercial deployment of the Corporation's
cable television offering.

     Management expects information and entertainment operating costs to
continue to increase in 1998 as the Corporation further deploys its cable
television service and supports growth in internet service.

DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION In 1997, depreciation and amortization expense
increased $23.0, or 6.5%, compared with an increase of $10.1, or 2.9%, in 1996.
The increase for both years was due primarily to an increase in the average
depreciable telecommunications property, plant and equipment. The amortization
of assets acquired in the cellular acquisitions, primarily cellular licenses,
also contributed to the 1996 increase.

INTEREST EXPENSE

For the Years Ended December 31,                   1997         1996        1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Interest Expense                                  $89.8        $88.7       $85.9
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Interest expense increased $1.1, or 1.2%, in 1997 and $2.8, or 3.3%, in 1996.
The 1997 increase was due primarily to a reduction in the amount of capitalized
interest and the issuance of $100.0 of 6.50% medium-term notes in February 1997.
Partially offsetting these increases were savings from the redemption of $80.0
of 8.70% medium-term notes, in February 1997 and the maturity of $20.0 of 7.61%
notes, during the fourth quarter of 1996.

     The issuance of commercial paper and medium-term notes in connection with
the cellular acquisitions was the primary contributor to the increase in 1996
[see Note 2]. The increase was partially offset by lower average interest rates
and capitalized interest of $7.2 due to a change in the reporting of capitalized
interest as a reduction of interest expense.

OTHER INCOME, NET

For the Years Ended December 31,                   1997         1996        1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Income, net                                  $8.3         $6.9       $15.5
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Other income, net is comprised primarily of interest income, income from
investments and gains or losses on the disposition of non-telephone property.
The 1997 increase was due primarily to the absence of a loss recognized in 1996
associated with certain leasing transactions.

     The 1996 decrease was due primarily to the absence of income from the
disposition of a real estate partnership in 1995, lower interest income and the
change in the classification of capitalized interest from other income, net to
interest expense.

INCOME TAXES

For the Years Ended December 31,                   1997         1996        1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income Taxes                                     $118.5       $107.6      $109.6
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The combined federal and state effective tax rate in 1997 was 37.5% compared
with 35.8% in 1996 and 39.4% in 1995. The higher 1997 effective tax rate was due
primarily to a lower level of state tax credits, which increased the effective
tax rate, when compared to 1996.

     The recognition of a higher level of state tax credits lowered the
effective tax rate in 1996 when compared with 1995.

COMPETITION

As a result of legislative and regulatory reform, the Corporation continues to
experience an increasingly competitive environment. Competitors include
companies that construct and operate their own communications systems and
networks and/or companies that resell the telecommunications systems and
networks of underlying carriers.

     In 1997, major interexchange carriers continued to intensify their
marketing efforts to sell intrastate long-distance services since The Southern
New England Telephone Company's ("Telephone Company's") full implementation of
intrastate equal access. Since the introduction of intrastate long-distance toll
competition, in excess of 230 telecommunications providers have received
approval from the DPUC to offer intrastate long-distance services with an
additional 70 filed and awaiting DPUC approval. The reduction in intrastate toll
rates and the increasingly competitive intrastate toll market continue to place
significant downward pressure on the Telephone Company's intrastate toll
revenues.

     Thirty-five telecommunications providers have been granted approvals for
local service and twelve additional applications are pending before the DPUC.
These providers began offering local exchange service to business and
residential customers throughout the state. There has been growth in local
service competition in 1997 and continued growth is expected, particularly upon
commencement of the DPUC-mandated balloting process [see Regulatory
Matters--State], however, the financial impact cannot be predicted at this time.
Based on existing state and federal regulations, 


                               SNET Annual Report                              9

<PAGE>

the Corporation expects that many competitors will resell the Telephone
Company's network and that increased network access revenues will offset a
significant portion of local service revenues lost to competition. Management
supports bringing customers the benefits of competition and affording all
competitors the opportunity to compete fairly under reduced regulation.

     The competitive environment also allows opportunities for the Corporation
to continue to increase its provision of interstate, international long-distance
and cable television services.

     To provide competitive toll products, the Corporation's wireline business
led the industry in 1996 by introducing the option of one-second rating for all
toll calls so customers only pay for the time they use. The Corporation also
successfully promoted the one bill feature of SNET All Distance(R), a seamless
toll service which provides discount calling plans that include intrastate,
interstate and international calling. In 1998, the Corporation plans to add
wireless service to its one bill. The migration of Connecticut customers to
wireline's bundled calling plans resulted in significant growth for interstate
and international long-distance services.

     In September 1996, the DPUC granted SNET Personal Vision, Inc. ("Personal
Vision") an 11-year license to operate a cable television system that will serve
the entire state of Connecticut. Personal Vision also became a partner in the
americast joint venture, along with The Walt Disney Company and several large
local exchange carriers. The partnership provides a full range of americast(TM)
programming and marketing services. Personal Vision began deploying its cable
service during the first quarter of 1997. The DPUC's decision granting the
statewide franchise was appealed to state Superior Court by members of the cable
industry. The Superior Court upheld the DPUC's decision and the cable industry
has now appealed to the state Appellate Court. A decision is anticipated in
1998.

     The Corporation's ability to compete is dependent upon regulatory reform
that will allow pricing flexibility to meet competition and provide a level
playing field with similar regulation for similar services. In addition, the
Corporation's restructure into wholesale and retail affiliates will provide
additional flexibility to compete at the retail level (see Regulatory
Matters--State).

REGULATORY MATTERS

The Telephone Company is regulated by the FCC and the DPUC. Historically, the
FCC has regulated the Corporation's provision of interstate services, both at
the wholesale (access service provided by the Telephone Company) and retail
(long-distance toll charges provided by SNET America, Inc. ("SAI") as a
non-dominant carrier) levels. Since the passage of the Federal
Telecommunications Act ("Act") in 1996, the FCC has also been charged, by
Congress, with the implementation of many of the provisions of the Act designed
to foster local competition.

     The DPUC regulates the Telephone Company's provision of services within the
state of Connecticut including local and in-state long-distance services. Since
the passage of state legislation in 1994, regarding local competition, as well
as the Act, the DPUC also regulates the provision of wholesale services within
the state that are required for interconnection to the Telephone Company's
network. A synopsis of key Federal and State regulatory decisions follows.

Federal

On February 8, 1996, Congress passed the Act which was designed to overhaul U.S.
telecommunications policy by removing barriers to local competition. The FCC's
First and Second Report and Order ("Order") implements the Act and contains
numerous provisions regarding the interconnection of the Telephone Company's
network with those of its competitors. The Order requires significant changes in
the way business is conducted, how the network is designed and the systems that
support it (including repair and service ordering). In addition, the Order
requires fundamental changes in the development of the prices that the Telephone
Company would charge competitors for purchasing regulated network products and
services. This order, as well as the orders discussed below, could have a
material adverse financial impact on the Telephone Company.

     Certain provisions in the Order have been appealed by various local
telephone companies, including the Telephone Company, the National Association
of Regulatory Utility Commissioners and individual state regulatory commissions.
The Eighth Circuit Court of Appeals ("Eighth Circuit") issued a partial stay of
the Order, delaying the effectiveness of the pricing provisions and the rule
allowing competitors to "pick and choose" isolated terms out of negotiated
interconnection agreements and struck down those key provisions and other terms
under which potential competitors can lease pieces of the Telephone Company's
network. The Eighth Circuit declared that the FCC had overstepped its authority
and concluded that "the Act plainly grants the state commissions, not the FCC,
the authority to determine the rates involved in the implementation of the local
competition provisions of the Act." The Eighth Circuit's decision is a strong
endorsement of Congress' intention that the states play a primary role in
implementing local telecommunications competition. This decision should allow
the Corporation to implement local competition on the course mapped out by the
DPUC and the Connecticut state legislature.

     The Eighth Circuit also vacated a portion of the FCC's rules which required
incumbent local exchange carriers ("ILECs") to provide combinations of network


10                             SNET Annual Report

<PAGE>

elements that effectively recreated the end-to-end service at a significant
discount to CLECs. The Eighth Circuit indicated that the Act requires ILECs to
provide access to unbundled network elements, not access to platforms used by
ILECs in which network elements are combined. The Eighth Circuit's decisions
have now been appealed to the Supreme Court which has agreed to review the case
in the fall 1998 session. A decision is expected in 1999.

     The FCC also released its Third Report and Order requiring ILECs, including
the Telephone Company, to provide shared transport to new entrants as an
unbundled network element at cost-based prices. Several companies, including the
Telephone Company, have filed Petitions for Review, which will be heard by the
Eighth Circuit. A decision in this matter is expected in 1998.

     In 1997, the FCC issued an order regarding Universal Service. The order
revises the current universal service programs for low income customers and high
cost areas and establishes new federal support for telecommunications services
provided to schools, libraries and rural health care facilities. The federal
universal service mechanisms are funded, beginning January 1, 1998, by an
assessment on the end user revenues of all telecommunications service providers.
Funding for the new federally supported services provided to schools, libraries
and rural healthcare facilities will come from both interstate and intrastate
end user revenues, while funding for the revised high cost support and low
income support programs will be from interstate end user revenues. ILECs can
recover their contributions to the federal universal service mechanisms through
their interstate access charges. The Universal Service Order is on appeal in the
Fifth Circuit Court. The Telephone Company has intervened in the appeal. The FCC
has no timeline currently to resolve this issue and the Corporation cannot
determine when it will be resolved.

     The FCC also issued an order regarding access charge reform which changes
the way the Telephone Company recovers interstate access charges from interstate
toll providers, including SAI. Specifically, the order establishes flat-rated
per-call carrier access charges, rather than usage-based charges. This order
establishes a prescriptive mechanism to ensure that interstate access charges
will be driven toward the levels that competition would be expected to produce.
Management expects this order to pressure earnings but is currently unable to
quantify any such impact. The Access Reform Order is being appealed and is
pending in the Eighth Circuit. The Telephone Company has intervened in the
appeal. The FCC is also expected to release a Pricing Flexibility Order in 1998.
This order will establish a market-based approach to pricing.

     Another major FCC order was its Price Cap Order revising its price cap plan
for regulating ILECs. This order establishes a single productivity factor of
6.5% and eliminates the sharing requirements of the prior rules. This order is
being appealed in the District of Columbia Circuit Court. On August 13, 1997,
the Telephone Company filed a Petition for Waiver from the 6.5% productivity
factor, requesting that the FCC establish a productivity factor of 5.3% for the
Telephone Company. A decision is still pending.

     The Telephone Company filed its 1997 annual interstate access price cap
revisions, in which the Telephone Company elected to use a 6.5% productivity
factor, which took effect July 1, 1997. The FCC required all price cap ILECs,
including the Telephone Company, to adjust their Price Cap Indices, effective
July 1, 1997, to reflect the 6.5% productivity factor for both the 1996-1997 and
1997-1998 tariff years. The filing would decrease interstate network access
rates by approximately $28 for the period July 1, 1997 to June 30, 1998. The
Telephone Company expects that this decrease will be partially offset by
increased demand.

     In addition, the FCC has released Reports and Orders on the Implementation
of the Pay Telephone Reclassification and Compensation Provisions of the Act.
The orders, among other things, mandate that all ILECs, including the Telephone
Company, unbundle payphone instruments, file tariffs on payphone service lines
and make them available on a non-discriminatory basis to Payphone Service
Providers ("PSPs"). Additionally, the orders establish mechanisms for the full
and fair compensation to PSPs, including per-call compensation for subscriber
"800" and access code calls from payphones. The Telephone Company has filed the
necessary revisions to its interstate access charges with the FCC and has filed
with the DPUC new retail and wholesale Pay Telephone Access Line Service
offerings in accordance with the FCC's order.

     In December 1996, the FCC acted on an outstanding petition by the New
England Public Communications Council, Inc. and preempted a prior DPUC decision
which only authorized ILECs and CLECs to provide payphone service in
Connecticut. On July 1, 1997, the District of Columbia Circuit Court rendered
its decision in Illinois Public Telecommunications Association v. FCC remanding
back to the FCC its decision setting the per-call compensation rate for
subscriber "800" and access code calls. The FCC on August 5, 1997, established a
pleading and comment cycle on these remanded issues. The FCC released a
subsequent order setting the per-call compensation rate at $.284.

     Noting the need to revise its jurisdictional separations rules as a result
of the increasingly competitive nature of the telecommunications industry, the
FCC initiated on October 7, 1997, a rulemaking proceeding to begin separations
reform. Jurisdictional separations


                               SNET Annual Report                             11

<PAGE>

assigns telecommunications property costs, revenues, expenses, taxes and
reserves to specific categories that are then allocated between the interstate
and intrastate jurisdictions. Comprehensive reform in this area could result in
changes to the structure of ILEC pricing. Management is currently unable to
determine the impact any change would have on the Telephone Company.

     In accordance with the Act, the FCC requires ILECs, including the Telephone
Company, to implement a long-term solution for portability of local telephone
numbers. The Telephone Company is required to construct and operate a system
that will permit end user customers to retain their telephone numbers when they
elect a different carrier for local service. The system is to be operational by
mid-1998 for a large percentage of the Telephone Company's access lines. The
FCC, however, has not yet decided on a method to recover the substantial
investment and operating costs relating to the number portability system. Local
number portability expenditures were approximately $4 in 1997 and are estimated
to be $19 in 1998.

State

Effective April 1, 1996, the DPUC replaced traditional rate of return regulation
with alternative (price-based) regulation during the transition to full
competition. Alternative regulation includes a five-year monitoring period on
financial results and a price cap formula based on certain services categorized
as non-competitive. In addition, basic local service rates for residence,
business and coin may not be raised above current levels until January 1, 1998,
at which time the price cap plan becomes effective for these services, unless
they have been reclassified into the emerging-competitive or competitive
categories. The impact of these changes on the Telephone Company's operating
results will depend on the timing of classifying the various products and
services from non-competitive into the emerging-competitive and competitive
categories for pricing changes.

     On June 25, 1997, the DPUC issued a final decision allowing the Corporation
to establish separate wholesale and retail affiliates. Under the decision, the
new retail organization, a CLEC, will compete under the same regulations as all
other retail telecommunications providers in the state. As such, the CLEC will
not be subject to price cap regulations. The wholesale organization, an ILEC,
will provide network services and functionality to retail providers, including
the Corporation's new CLEC, on comparable terms. The ILEC will be treated as a
public service company and will continue to be subject to alternative
regulation. The directory publishing operations were incorporated into a
separate subsidiary of the Corporation on January 1, 1998. As part of the
decision, however, the DPUC mandated that Connecticut customers must choose
their local exchange provider via a balloting process. Customers who do not
choose a carrier will be assigned a CLEC based on the proportion of votes in a
local service area. The specific details of the balloting process will be
addressed in further technical discussions among the participants and the DPUC.
The balloting process is scheduled to begin on January 4, 1999 and to be
completed by May 1999.

     In order for the balloting process to commence, the ILEC must demonstrate
that the systems offered to CLECs provide full technical and operational support
as required by the Act. The DPUC will examine and critically evaluate the
respective Operations Support System ("OSS") platforms offered to the CLECs. The
DPUC's evaluation will establish a set of tests and standards that can be used
to determine the suitability of the ILEC's OSS to support a competitive local
exchange market and will determine if the interfaces proposed by the ILEC offer
the comparability required under the provisions of the Act. A final decision is
due on June 24, 1998. The DPUC's decision to allow the Corporation to establish
separate wholesale and retail affiliates has been challenged by other parties in
both state court and federal court. In an oral decision, the federal court has
denied the other parties' motion for summary judgment and granted the
Corporation's motion for summary judgment. A written decision is expected in the
first quarter of 1998. A decision is also expected from the state court in 1998.

     On March 18, 1997, SAI filed an application with the DPUC to provide local
and intrastate toll services throughout Connecticut. The DPUC issued a final
decision granting approval on June 25, 1997. This grants SAI the authority to
operate as a CLEC in the state of Connecticut and to provide competitive retail
services to end user customers with the same regulatory and pricing flexibility
as all other CLECs in the state.

     In compliance with the Act, the ILEC has filed with the DPUC numerous cost
studies supporting its proposed wholesale (i.e., resale) and unbundled rates for
interconnection services. On March 24, 1997, the DPUC issued a final decision
setting a uniform 17.8% discount rate off the Telephone Company's current retail
prices for telecommunications services sold to CLECs.

     On April 23, 1997, the DPUC issued a final decision addressing the proposal
for allocation of Hybrid Fiber Coax ("HFC") network joint costs between
broadband and telephony and the Telephone Company's costs and rates associated
with unbundled loops, ports, multiplexing and inter-wire center transport. In
this decision, the DPUC approved the Telephone Company's proposed 50/50
allocation of HFC network joint costs between broadband and telephony. In
addition, the DPUC approved the cost studies based on Total Service Long Run
Incremental Cost ("TSLRIC"). Subsequently, the


12                             SNET Annual Report

<PAGE>

DPUC opened a new docket to determine appropriate TSLRIC-based rates for the
remaining unbundled elements (non-loop) defined by the FCC. The cost allocation
decision has been appealed by the cable television industry to state Superior
Court. A decision is expected in 1998.

     On July 23, 1997, the DPUC approved the acquisition of Woodbury by the
Corporation. The Corporation completed its purchase of Woodbury on July 30,
1997.

EMPLOYEE RELATIONS

In January 1998, under the current union contract, bargaining-unit employees
received a general wage increase totaling 3.0%; made up of various forms and
combinations of basic wage increases, one-time cash payments and/or Cash Balance
Plan Account credits. The current labor agreement will expire on August 8, 1998.
Management and the union expect to begin negotiations on a new labor agreement
early in 1998.

     In 1995, a U.S. District Court decision was issued in favor of the
Department of Labor against the Corporation and the Telephone Company. The
decision held that the Corporation and the Telephone Company violated certain
sections of the Fair Labor Standards Act and were liable for back wages and
liquidating damages. The Corporation and the Telephone Company appealed the
decision and on July 31, 1997, the Second Circuit Court of Appeals affirmed the
U.S. District Court's decision. As required by the Court's decision, in October
1997, the Corporation and the Telephone Company paid back wages, liquidating
damages and interest (from the date of the District Court's judgment) to the
employees involved in this action. In 1995, the Telephone Company recorded a
liability of $11.0 which was adequate to cover the cost of total damages for
this matter.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

OPERATING ACTIVITIES The Corporation generated cash flows from operations
of $616.0 during 1997 compared with $477.4 during 1996 and $442.6 during 1995.
Cash flows from operations increased in 1997 compared with 1996 due primarily to
lower restructuring payments.

     In 1997, the consolidated balance sheet changed as a result of operating
activities. The current portion of deferred taxes decreased due primarily to
costs incurred in 1997 under the restructuring program. The decrease in other
current assets is due primarily to a decrease in income taxes receivable
resulting from certain state income tax credits being reflected in estimated
income tax payments. In prior years, state tax law only allowed this credit upon
the filing of the final annual income tax return. Accounts payable and accrued
expenses increased due primarily to timing of cash payments.

     Cash outlays relating to the Corporation's restructuring charge, originally
recorded in December 1993, totaled $15.0, $110.6 and $89.1 in 1997, 1996 and
1995, respectively. Costs incurred for employee separations of $5.0 in 1997,
$20.0 in 1996 and $9.0 in 1995 included primarily payments for severance and
related unemployment taxes and unused vacation. Incremental costs of $2.8 in
1997, $83.1 in 1996 and $74.2 in 1995 were incurred for executing numerous
reengineering programs. In addition, exit and other costs were $7.2 in 1997,
$7.5 in 1996 and $5.9 in 1995 and included expenses relating to the reduction of
overall corporate space requirements. All cash expenditures were funded with
cash flows from operations. In 1998, the Corporation expects to conclude its
restructuring program with approximately $7 of costs related to its space
consolidation program.

INVESTING ACTIVITIES The primary use of corporate funds continued to be
capital expenditures. Cash expended for capital additions was $472.4, $373.8 and
$357.4 in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. Capital additions for all years
were funded entirely from cash flows from operations. The majority of these
additions were for construction of the wireline network.

     Management anticipates that total capital expenditures for consolidated
telecommunications plant will approximate $475 in 1998 and will be funded from
cash flows from operations. Included in total capital expenditures in 1998 are
estimated additions of $290 to the wireline network as compared with actual 1997
expenditures of approximately $307. These additions include expenditures
primarily related to the modernization, growth and upgrading of wireline's
central office switching and circuit equipment, to meet customer demand for new
services. Additionally, to reduce maintenance costs and to meet access line
growth, increased focus is being placed on replacing and supplementing the
existing core network of twisted copper wire and fiber-optic and coaxial cable.

     On July 30, 1997, the Corporation completed its acquisition of Woodbury by
issuing approximately 528,000 shares of the Corporation's treasury stock for the
remaining 63.5% of Woodbury's common stock not formerly held by the Corporation.
The total cost of completing the acquisition was $30.1, which includes the
assumption of $9.0 in long-term debt.

FINANCING ACTIVITIES In February 1997, the Corporation issued $100.0 of
6.50% medium-term notes due 2002. The issuance replaced a portion of
short-term debt related to the cellular acquisitions discussed previously.
With this issuance, the Corporation's unissued, unsecured debt securities
registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") decreased to
$125.0.


                               SNET Annual Report                             13

<PAGE>

     On February 18, 1997, the Corporation redeemed $80.0 of 8.70% medium-term
notes due 2031 by issuing short-term debt.

     The Corporation sponsors a Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan
("DRISPP"). Effective July 1, 1997, the Corporation's policy of issuing new
shares was modified to have its agent begin purchasing shares on the open market
(when market conditions merit) to meet the needs of the DRISPP. Beginning with
the January 15, 1998 dividend, the Corporation resumed issuance of new shares to
meet the needs of the DRISPP.

     In September 1996, a total of $20.0 of 7.61% medium-term notes matured and
were satisfied with the issuance of short-term debt.

     Dividends paid totaled $102.4, $100.2 and $98.0 in 1997, 1996 and 1995,
respectively. The quarterly dividend rate of $.44 per share has remained
unchanged for the past eight years, consistent with the corporate plan to
reinvest in the business.

ESOP In connection with the establishment of the Employee Stock Ownership Plan
("ESOP") in 1990, the Corporation loaned the ESOP $10.0 and guaranteed a $110.0
loan to the ESOP by a third party. The Corporation has committed to make cash
contributions to the ESOP that, together with dividends received on shares held
by the ESOP, will enable the ESOP to make its principal and interest payments on
both loans. Both loans mature in the year 2000. Debt service payments to the
ESOP totaled $13.7, $13.5 and $13.3 in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. The
Corporation anticipates making equivalent cash payments during 1998.

DEBT RATIO The Corporation's ratio of debt to total capitalization at year-end
1997 was 69.2% compared with 74.9% at year-end 1996 and 80.0% at year-end 1995.
The ESOP represented 2.0% of the debt ratio at December 31, 1997 compared with
2.7% and 3.4% at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

CAPITAL RESOURCES The Corporation maintains bank lines of credit to facilitate
the issuance of commercial paper. As part of this credit facility, the
Corporation has obtained contractual commitments to $170.0 in lines of credit
provided by a syndicate of banks. The annual commitment fee is currently .045%
on the lines of credit. As of December 31, 1997, the entire $170.0 was
available.

     As of December 31, 1997, the Corporation and the Telephone Company had
$125.0 and $95.0, respectively, of unissued, unsecured debt securities
registered with the SEC. Additional notes may be sold in one or more issues from
time to time as market conditions warrant.

     Management believes that the Corporation has sufficient internal and
external resources to finance the anticipated requirements of business
development. Capital additions and dividends are expected to be funded with cash
from operations during 1998. The Corporation also has access to external
resources including lines of credit and long-term shelf registration
commitments.

14                             SNET Annual Report

<PAGE>

SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND TELECOMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

REPORT OF MANAGEMENT

The Corporation's consolidated financial statements have been prepared in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. The Corporation is
responsible for the preparation and reliability of the data in these
consolidated financial statements, including estimates and judgments relating to
matters not concluded by year-end. To this end, the Corporation maintains a
highly developed system of internal controls and supports an extensive program
of internal auditing to monitor compliance with the system.

     Management believes that this system provides reasonable, but not absolute,
assurance at a reasonable cost that the transactions of the Corporation are
executed in accordance with management's authorizations and are recorded
properly. This system requires that the recorded assets be compared with
existing assets at reasonable intervals and it provides reasonable assurance
that access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management's
authorization. The Corporation further seeks to assure the reliability of these
consolidated financial statements by the careful selection of its managers, by
organizational arrangements that provide appropriate division of responsibility
and by communication and inspection programs aimed at assuring understanding of
and compliance with its policies, standards and managerial authorities.

     The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, which consists of six
non-employee directors, meets periodically with the Corporation's financial
management, Audit Services and independent accountants (Coopers & Lybrand
L.L.P.) to review their work and the relationships between them in whatever
depth considered necessary to fulfill the Audit Committee's responsibilities.
Both Audit Services and the independent accountants meet privately with and have
unrestricted access to the Audit Committee.


/s/ DONALD R. SHASSIAN
- ------------------------------
Donald R. Shassian
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
January 27, 1998


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Shareholders of Southern New England
Telecommunications Corporation:

We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of Southern New England
Telecommunications Corporation as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the related
consolidated statements of income (loss), changes in shareholders' equity and
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1997.
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Corporation's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated
financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Southern New
England Telecommunications Corporation as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the
consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended December 31, 1997, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.

     As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the
Corporation discontinued accounting for the operations of its telephone
subsidiary in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
71, "Accounting for the Effects of Certain Types of Regulation," effective
January 1, 1996.


/s/ COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.
- ------------------------------------
Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
Hartford, Connecticut
January 27, 1998


                               SNET Annual Report                             15

<PAGE>

SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND TELECOMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (LOSS)

Dollars in Millions, Except Per Share Amounts,
  For the Years Ended December 31,                1997         1996        1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

REVENUES AND SALES                           $ 2,022.3    $ 1,941.9   $ 1,816.4
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COSTS AND EXPENSES
Operating and maintenance                      1,192.6      1,149.0     1,065.1
Depreciation and amortization                    379.1        356.1       346.0
Taxes other than income                           53.1         54.6        56.5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Costs and Expenses                       1,624.8      1,559.7     1,467.6
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPERATING INCOME                                 397.5        382.2       348.8
Interest expense                                  89.8         88.7        85.9
Other income, net                                  8.3          6.9        15.5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES                       316.0        300.4       278.4
Income taxes                                     118.5        107.6       109.6
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INCOME BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY CHARGE               197.5        192.8       168.8
Extraordinary charge, net of tax                  (3.7)          --      (687.1)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NET INCOME (LOSS)                            $   193.8    $   192.8   $  (518.3)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING (THOUSANDS)
Basic                                           66,156       65,437      64,871
Assuming Dilution                               66,322       65,604      64,903
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic Earnings (Loss) Per Share
Income before extraordinary charge           $    2.99    $    2.95   $    2.60
Extraordinary charge, net of tax                  (.06)          --      (10.59)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BASIC EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE              $    2.93    $    2.95   $   (7.99)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Diluted Earnings (Loss) Per Share
Income before extraordinary charge           $    2.98    $    2.94   $    2.60
Extraordinary charge, net of tax                  (.06)          --      (10.59)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DILUTED EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE            $    2.92    $    2.94   $   (7.99)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

16                             SNET Annual Report

<PAGE>

SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND TELECOMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

Dollars in Millions, At December 31,                         1997          1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ASSETS
Cash and temporary cash investments                     $    12.3     $     9.0
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for
 uncollectibles of $32.5 and $27.4,
 respectively                                               327.9         323.3
Materials, supplies and inventories                          29.8          27.4
Prepaid publishing                                           35.9          35.2
Deferred income taxes                                        37.7          45.4
Other current assets                                         11.0          27.7
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Current Assets                                        454.6         468.0
Property, plant and equipment, net                        1,716.8       1,597.0
Intangible assets, net                                      394.7         400.3
Deferred income taxes                                        89.7          91.2
Leases and other assets                                     115.1         114.5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Assets                                            $ 2,770.9     $ 2,671.0
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Accounts payable and accrued expenses                   $   266.8     $   252.0
Short-term debt                                             186.3         215.2
Advance billings and customer deposits                       64.4          60.9
Accrued compensated absences                                 33.3          31.9
Other current liabilities                                   106.8         107.0
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Current Liabilities                                   657.6         667.0
Long-term debt                                            1,156.9       1,169.7
Accrued postretirement benefit obligation                   267.0         288.9
Unamortized investment tax credits                           14.0          15.5
Other liabilities and deferred credits                       78.2          66.9
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Liabilities                                         2,173.7       2,208.0
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common stock; $1.00 par value; 300,000,000
 shares authorized; 68,896,854 and
 68,407,669 issued, respectively                             68.9          68.4
Proceeds in excess of par value                             622.1         602.8
Retained earnings (deficit)                                  26.8         (55.7)
Treasury stock; at cost, 2,230,586
 and 2,758,512 shares, respectively                         (84.7)       (104.7)
Unearned compensation related to ESOP                       (35.9)        (47.8)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Shareholders' Equity                                  597.2         463.0
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity              $ 2,770.9     $ 2,671.0
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                               SNET Annual Report                             17

<PAGE>

SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND TELECOMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                              Unearned
                                                                                                               Compen-    Total
                                                   Common Stock Issued    Proceeds in    Retained               sation    Share-
Dollars in Millions,                               --------------------    Excess of     Earnings   Treasury   Related   holders'
Except Per Share Amounts                           Number     Par Value    Par Value     (Deficit)    Stock    to ESOP    Equity
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                               
<S>                                              <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>       <C>         <C>      <C>    
BALANCE AT JANUARY 1, 1995                       67,264,435    $  67.3       $ 677.8      $ 381.8   $(104.7)    $(69.3)  $ 952.9
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net loss                                                                                   (518.3)                        (518.3)
Common stock issued, at market:                                                                                
  Dividend reinvestment plan                        466,498         .5          15.4                                        15.9
  Savings and incentive plans                       150,226         .1           4.7                                         4.8
Dividends declared ($1.76 per share)                                                       (114.2)                        (114.2)
Reduction of ESOP debt                                                                                            11.0      11.0
Tax benefit of dividends declared                                                                              
  on unallocated shares held                                                                                   
  in ESOP                                                                                     1.2                            1.2
ESOP earned compensation                                                                                       
  accrual                                                                                                          (.4)      (.4)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1995                     67,881,159       67.9         697.9       (249.5)   (104.7)     (58.7)    352.9
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income                                                                                  192.8                          192.8
Common stock issued, at market:                                                                                
  Dividend reinvestment plan                        367,183         .4          14.3                                        14.7
  Savings and incentive plans                       159,327         .1           5.8                                         5.9
Dividends declared ($1.76 per share)                                          (115.2)                                     (115.2)
Reduction of ESOP debt                                                                                            12.1      12.1
Tax benefit of dividends declared                                                                              
  on unallocated shares held                                                                                   
  in ESOP                                                                                     1.0                            1.0
ESOP earned compensation                                                                                       
  accrual                                                                                                         (1.2)     (1.2)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1996                     68,407,669       68.4         602.8        (55.7)   (104.7)     (47.8)    463.0
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income                                                                                  193.8                          193.8
Common stock issued, at market:                                                                                
  Dividend reinvestment plan                        190,928         .2           6.9                                         7.1
  Savings and incentive plans                       298,257         .3          10.9                                        11.2
Dividends declared ($1.76 per share)                                                       (116.5)                        (116.5)
Reduction of ESOP debt                                                                                            13.2      13.2
Acquisition of Woodbury Telephone                                                1.0          4.5      20.0                 25.5
Tax benefit of dividends declared                                                                              
  on unallocated shares held                                                                                   
  in ESOP                                                                                      .7                             .7
ESOP earned compensation                                                                                       
  accrual                                                                                                         (1.3)     (1.3)
Other                                                                             .5                                          .5
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1997                     68,896,854    $  68.9       $ 622.1      $ 26.8     $(84.7)    $(35.9)   $597.2
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


18                             SNET Annual Report

<PAGE>

SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND TELECOMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Dollars in Millions, For the Years Ended December 31,   1997     1996      1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income (loss)                                    $ 193.8  $ 192.8  $ (518.3)
Tax benefit of dividends on shares
  held in ESOP                                            .7      1.0       1.2
Adjustments to reconcile net income
  (loss) to net cash provided by
  operating activities:
   Depreciation and amortization                       379.1    356.1     346.0
   Extraordinary charge, net of tax                      3.7      --      687.1
   Provision for uncollectible accounts                 43.4     44.4      25.9
   Restructuring payments                              (15.0)  (110.6)    (89.1)
   Decrease in deferred income taxes                     9.2     22.2      30.7
   Decrease in investment tax credits                   (1.5)    (2.1)     (6.9)
   Changes in operating assets and
     liabilities, net                                   (8.1)   (30.3)    (34.0)
   Other, net                                           10.7      3.9       --
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities              616.0    477.4     442.6
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Cash expended for capital additions                   (472.4)  (373.8)   (357.4)
Purchase of cellular properties                          --       --     (455.6)
Proceeds from asset sales                               19.9     10.8      74.0
Other, net                                               7.6     16.6      16.5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Cash Used by Investing Activities                 (444.9)  (346.4)   (722.5)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from long-term debt                           100.0      --      300.0
Repayments of long-term debt                           (94.8)   (34.9)   (108.3)
Cash dividends paid                                   (102.4)  (100.2)    (98.0)
Net (payments) proceeds of commercial
  paper                                                (57.3)     2.0     192.9
Other, net                                             (13.3)     --       (2.3)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Cash (Used) Provided by Financing
  Activities                                          (167.8)  (133.1)    284.3
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Increase (Decrease) in Cash and
  Temporary Cash Investments                             3.3     (2.1)      4.4
Cash and temporary cash investments
  at beginning of year                                   9.0     11.1       6.7
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash and Temporary Cash Investments at End of Year   $  12.3  $   9.0  $   11.1
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                               SNET Annual Report                             19

<PAGE>

SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND TELECOMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in Millions, Except Per Share Amounts)

NOTE 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

BASIS OF PRESENTATION The consolidated financial statements of Southern New
England Telecommunications Corporation ("Corporation") have been prepared in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"). Effective
January 1, 1996, the Corporation's telephone operating subsidiary, The Southern
New England Telephone Company ("Telephone Company"), discontinued using
Statement of Financial Accounting Standard ("SFAS") No. 71, "Accounting for the
Effects of Certain Types of Regulation" [see Note 3].

     The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the
Corporation, all wholly-owned subsidiaries and partnerships in which the
Corporation effectively has control. All significant intercompany transactions
and accounts have been eliminated.

     The Corporation derives substantially all of its revenues from the
telecommunications service industry by providing wireline, wireless and
information and entertainment services, including local, national and
international communications; network services; mobile communications; cable
television and internet; and advertising. The Corporation's operations and
customers are located primarily in Connecticut. In addition, its wireless
operations cover Rhode Island and portions of Massachusetts.

     As appropriate, all periods presented have been reclassified to conform to
the current year presentation.

USE OF ESTIMATES The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in
conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Estimates
are used when accounting for depreciation, taxes, employee benefits, allowance
for uncollectible accounts receivable, restructuring reserves and contingencies,
among others.

CASH AND TEMPORARY CASH INVESTMENTS Cash and temporary cash investments include
all highly liquid investments, with original maturities of three months or less.
The Corporation records payments made by draft as accounts payable until the
banks honoring the drafts have presented them for payment. At December 31, 1997
and 1996, accounts payable included drafts outstanding of $28.8 and $41.4,
respectively.

MATERIALS, SUPPLIES AND INVENTORIES Materials and supplies, which are carried at
original cost, are primarily for the construction and maintenance of telephone
plant. Inventories, principally telephone sets, wireless equipment and telephone
systems, are carried at the lower of weighted average cost or market value.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost.
Depreciation is calculated on telephone plant using either the equal life group
straight-line depreciation method or the composite vintage group method.
Property and equipment other than telephone plant is depreciated primarily using
the straight-line method.

     Effective January 1, 1996, as a result of the discontinuance of SFAS No.
71, the Corporation is using estimated useful lives that are shorter than the
economic lives historically prescribed by regulators. A comparison of average
asset lives before and after the discontinuance of SFAS No. 71, for the most
significantly affected categories of telephone plant, is as follows:

Asset Category                                    Before             After
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Digital Switch                                        17              10.5
Digital Circuit                                     11.5               8.2
Conduit                                               55                55
Copper                                             22-26           10.5-16
Fiber                                              32-40                25
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Under the composite group method, the cost of depreciable telephone plant
sold or retired, net of removal costs and salvage (i.e., gains or losses), is
charged to accumulated depreciation. When depreciable property and equipment
other than telephone plant are sold or retired, the resulting gain or loss is
recognized currently as an element of income. All long-lived assets are reviewed
for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstance indicate that the
carrying amount may not be recoverable, and any necessary adjustment is made.
Replacements, renewals and betterments that materially increase an asset's
useful or remaining life are capitalized. Minor replacements and all repairs and
maintenance are charged to expense.

INTANGIBLE ASSETS Intangible assets consist primarily of cellular licenses,
customer lists and goodwill resulting from the cellular acquisitions completed
in 1995 and goodwill resulting from the Woodbury Telephone Company ("Woodbury")
acquisition completed in 1997. The intangible assets are stated at cost and are
being amortized using the straight-line method over periods ranging from 5 to 40
years. Accumulated amortization


20                             SNET Annual Report

<PAGE>

was $44.8 and $27.6 as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively. Intangible
assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstance
indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable, and any necessary
adjustment is made.

LEASE NOTES RECEIVABLE Direct-financing and leveraged lease contracts are
accounted for by recording the total minimum lease payments receivable, plus the
estimated residual value, less the unearned lease income and, for leveraged
leases, less the associated aggregate non-recourse debt obligation. The unearned
lease income for direct-financing leases represents the excess of total minimum
lease payments, plus estimated residual value expected to be realized, over the
cost of the related equipment. For leveraged leases, the unearned income
reflects the net positive cash flow to be generated from the lease.

EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN The Corporation accounts for its Employee Stock
Ownership Plan ("ESOP") in accordance with Statement of Position ("SOP") 76-3,
as amended. Accordingly, compensation expense is measured as the cost of shares
allocated from the trust, plus the amount required to purchase any additional
shares allocated to employee accounts, less a percentage of dividends received
by the plan. Dividends on stock held by the ESOP are recorded as a reduction of
retained earnings, and all ESOP shares are treated as outstanding for earnings
per share calculations. Debt of the ESOP that has been guaranteed by the
Corporation is recorded as long-term debt and as a reduction of shareholders'
equity. As the ESOP repays the debt, a corresponding reduction in long-term debt
and an increase in shareholders' equity is recorded.

REVENUE RECOGNITION Revenues are recognized when earned regardless of the period
in which billed. Revenues for directory advertising are recognized over the life
of the related directory, normally one year.

CAPITALIZED INTEREST COST The Corporation accounts for capitalized interest in
accordance with SFAS No. 34, "Capitalization of Interest Cost." Upon the
discontinuance of SFAS No. 71, effective January 1, 1996, the Telephone Company
reports capitalized interest as a cost of telephone plant and a reduction in
interest expense, in accordance with SFAS No. 34. Prior to the discontinuance of
SFAS No. 71, the Telephone Company included in its telephone plant accounts an
imputed cost of debt and equity for funds used during the construction of
telephone plant.

ADVERTISING COSTS Costs for advertising products and services or corporate image
are expensed as incurred.

COMPUTER SOFTWARE COSTS The Corporation capitalizes initial operating systems
for central office switching equipment. Right-to-use fees, additions, upgrades
and modifications to operating software programs, all applications and computer
software acquired or developed for internal use are expensed. SOP 98-1,
"Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for
Internal Use," was issued on March 4, 1998. This SOP requires the capitalization
of certain costs of computer software developed or obtained for internal use and
is effective for financial statements for fiscal years beginning after December
15, 1998.

INCOME TAXES The Corporation files a consolidated federal income tax return and,
where allowable, combined state income tax returns.

     The Corporation records income taxes under SFAS No. 109, "Accounting for
Income Taxes." Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on all
temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets
and liabilities using the currently enacted rates. Additionally, the Corporation
will recognize deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that the
related benefit will be realized.

     Investment tax credits realized in prior years by the Telephone Company are
being amortized as a reduction to the provision for income taxes over the life
of the related plant.

EARNINGS PER SHARE Effective December 31, 1997, the Corporation adopted SFAS No.
128, "Earnings per Share." Under SFAS No. 128, "basic" earnings per share is
computed by dividing income by the weighted average number of actual common
shares outstanding during the period. In order to compute "diluted" earnings per
share, the weighted average number of common shares is increased by the effect
of all potential common shares outstanding during the period. As required by
SFAS No. 128, all periods presented have been restated to conform to the
provisions of the new standard.

     For the computation of diluted earnings per share, the weighted average
number of common shares outstanding has been adjusted for the effects of the
Corporation's stock options as follows:

In Thousands,
For the Years Ended December 31,                    1997        1996        1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted average shares
 outstanding                                      66,156      65,437      64,871
Stock options, net                                   166         167          32
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted average shares
 outstanding assuming dilution                    66,322      65,604      64,903
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Stock options of 218 in 1997, 156 in 1996 and 391 in 1995, were not assumed
exercised because they were antidilutive in the periods presented.

NOTE 2: MERGER, ACQUISITION AND SALE OF ASSETS

On January 4, 1998, the Corporation and SBC Communications Inc. ("SBC") approved
a definitive merger 


                               SNET Annual Report                             21

<PAGE>

agreement ("Agreement") whereby the Corporation will become a wholly-owned
subsidiary of SBC. Under the original terms of the Agreement, each share of the
Corporation's common stock was to be exchanged for 0.8784 shares of SBC common
stock. On January 30, 1998, SBC announced a two-for-one stock split, which
modified the exchange ratio to 1.7568. In addition, the Agreement does not
require any changes to the Corporation's quarterly dividend prior to closing.

     The transaction is intended to be accounted for as a pooling-of-interests
and as a tax-free reorganization under the applicable provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code. The merger has been reviewed by the U.S. Department of Justice and
must still be approved by the Corporation's shareholders, the Department of
Public Utility Control ("DPUC") and the Federal Communications Commission
("FCC"). The Corporation is currently authorized to provide interexchange
services in 46 states. For the majority of these states these authorizations
have been utilized solely to provide calling card services to Connecticut-based
customers traveling in the respective states. The Corporation does, however,
provide long-distance service to a small number of customers in states where SBC
is an Incumbent Local Exchange Carrier ("ILEC"). The Corporation may be required
to modify or withdraw its interexchange authorizations in the states where SBC
is an ILEC. In addition, authorizations may be required from a number of other
states to allow the Corporation to transfer its existing long-distance
authorizations to SBC. Once the necessary approvals are obtained, the merger is
expected to close by December 31, 1998.

     On July 30, 1997, the Corporation completed its acquisition of Woodbury by
issuing approximately 528,000 shares of the Corporation's treasury stock for the
remaining 63.5% of Woodbury's common stock not formerly held by the Corporation.
The total cost of completing the acquisition was $30.1, which includes the
assumption of $9.0 in long-term debt. Woodbury provides local exchange telephone
services, intrastate toll services and access to long-distance telephone
services in a number of central Connecticut towns. The acquisition was accounted
for under the purchase method and, accordingly, resulted in goodwill of $11.5
which is being amortized on a straight-line method over 15 years. Woodbury's
results have been included in the consolidated financial statements since the
date of acquisition. Had the acquisition taken place at the beginning of 1996,
consolidated revenues and sales, income before extraordinary charge, net income
and earnings per share would not have been materially different from the amounts
reported for 1997 and 1996.

     In July 1995, the Corporation purchased from Bell Atlantic Corporation and
Richmond Telephone Company, for approximately $456, certain cellular properties
in Rhode Island and Massachusetts and an increased interest in Springwich
Cellular Limited Partnership ("Springwich"). The acquisitions were accounted for
under the purchase method and, accordingly, the operating results of the
cellular properties and the increased interest in Springwich were included in
the consolidated financial statements subsequent to the acquisition date. The
excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of the net assets
acquired, approximately $24, was assigned to goodwill and is being amortized on
a straight-line method over 15 years. The cellular acquisitions were financed
with approximately $456 of short-term debt. Short-term debt of approximately
$300 was replaced with medium-term notes in the third quarter of 1995.

NOTE 3: DISCONTINUANCE OF SFAS NO. 71

In the fourth quarter of 1995, the Telephone Company determined it was no longer
eligible for application of SFAS No. 71, which specifies accounting standards
required for public utilities and certain other regulated companies. Effective
January 1, 1996, the Telephone Company began following accounting principles
which are more appropriate for a competitive environment. This determination was
made based on the significant changes in technology and the increase in
telecommunications competition in Connecticut brought about by legislative and
regulatory policy changes. This accounting change is for financial reporting
purposes only and does not affect the Telephone Company's accounting and
reporting for regulatory purposes. As a result of the discontinued use of SFAS
No. 71, in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 101, "Accounting for the
Discontinuance of Application of FASB Statement No. 71," the Corporation
recorded a non-cash, extraordinary charge of $687.1, or $10.59 per share, for
both basic and diluted earnings per share, net of applicable tax benefits of
$515.5, in the fourth quarter of 1995.

     The following table is a summary of the extraordinary charge for 1995:

                                                         Before-tax    After-tax
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Adjustment to net telephone plant                        $ (1,178.0)   $ (703.9)
Elimination of net regulatory assets                          (24.6)      (14.3)
Tax-related net regulatory liabilities                       --            20.1
Accelerated amortization of
 investment tax credits                                      --            11.0
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Non-cash, Extraordinary Charge                     $ (1,202.6)   $ (687.1)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The adjustment of $1,178.0 to net telephone plant was necessary since
estimated useful lives and depreciation methods historically prescribed by
regulators did not reflect the rapid pace of technological development and
differed significantly from those economic useful lives used by unregulated
companies. Plant balances were adjusted by increasing the accumulated
depreciation reserve. The increase to the accumulated depreciation reserve was
determined by a discounted cash flow analysis which considered technological
replacement and the estimated impact of


22                             SNET Annual Report

<PAGE>

future competition. To support this analysis, a depreciation reserve study was
also performed that identified, by asset categories, inadequate accumulated
depreciation levels (i.e., deficiencies) that had developed over time.

     The discontinuance of SFAS No. 71 also required the Corporation to
eliminate from its consolidated balance sheet the effects of any actions of
regulators that had been recognized as assets and liabilities pursuant to SFAS
No. 71, but would not have been recognized as assets and liabilities by
unregulated companies. The elimination of net regulatory assets relates
principally to vacation pay costs and gross earnings tax which were being
amortized as they were recognized in the ratemaking process.

     Additionally, upon the discontinuance of SFAS No. 71, the tax-related
regulatory assets and liabilities were eliminated and the related deferred tax
balances were adjusted to reflect application of SFAS No. 109, consistent with
other unregulated companies.

     As asset lives were shortened, the related investment tax credits
associated with those assets were also adjusted for the shortened lives and the
result ($11.0) was included in the extraordinary charge as a credit to income,
net of associated deferred income taxes.

NOTE 4: EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

PENSION PLANS The Corporation sponsors several non-contributory, defined benefit
pension plans: one for management employees and one for bargaining-unit
employees; and one supplementary non-qualified, unfunded plan for all employees.
The supplementary non-qualified plan provides a benefit equal to any pension
amount above which would otherwise be payable under the defined benefit pension
plans in the absence of Internal Revenue Code limitations. Prior to July 1,
1995, benefits for bargaining-unit employees were based on years of service and
pay during 1987 to 1991 as well as a cash balance component. Prior to 1996,
benefits for management employees were based on an adjusted career average pay
plan. The bargaining-unit and management pension plans were converted to cash
balance plans effective July 1, 1995 and January 1, 1996, respectively.
Accordingly, pension benefits are determined as a single account balance and
grow each year with pay and interest credits. Prior to the conversion to the
cash balance plans, the benefits for the employees' supplementary plans were
based on years of service and average eligible pay. Effective with the
conversion to the cash balance plans, the benefits are based on pay and interest
credits. A supplementary non-qualified, unfunded plan for non-employee directors
was terminated in 1996 with pension benefits payable only to current and retired
directors and with the amount of accrued pension benefits being frozen.

     Funding of the management and bargaining-unit plans is achieved through
irrevocable contributions made to a trust fund. Plan assets consist primarily of
listed stocks, corporate and governmental debt and real estate. The
Corporation's policy is to fund the pension cost for these plans in conformity
with the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 using the aggregate
cost method. For purposes of determining contributions, the assumed investment
earnings rate on plan assets was 9.5% in 1997 and declines to 7.5% in 1999.

     Pension cost (income) for all plans, computed using the projected unit
credit actuarial method, includes the following components:

For the Years Ended December 31,                 1997         1996         1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service cost                                 $   21.9     $   20.2     $   22.1
Interest cost on projected
 benefit obligation                              91.8         96.3        113.5
Amortizations and deferrals, net                225.9         65.8        249.6
Actual return on plan assets                   (338.7)      (177.6)      (393.3)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Pension Cost (Income)
 Recorded to Expense                               .9          4.7         (8.1)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Settlement gain                                  --          (76.1)       (76.0)
Costs relating to special
 termination benefits                            --           --          137.5
Curtailment loss                                 --           10.8         16.8
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net (Settlement Gain)
 Curtailment Loss                                --          (65.3)        78.3
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Pension Cost (Income)                     $    .9     $  (60.6)    $   70.2
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The 1997 decrease in net pension cost (income) recorded to expense was due
to strong investment performance and a change in the discount rate. The 1996 net
settlement gain and the 1995 net curtailment loss were associated with the
severance programs and were recorded to the restructuring reserve in the
respective years [see Note 6]. The 1996 increase was due primarily to lower
returns on plan assets, reflecting a combination of a lower asset base and a
generally weaker capital market return when compared with 1995.

     The following table sets forth the plans' funded status:

At December 31,                                            1997            1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Actuarial Present Value of Accumulated
 Benefit Obligation, including vested
 benefits of $1,336.9 and $1,253.3,
 respectively                                        $  1,348.6      $  1,289.3
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Plan assets at fair value                            $  1,905.9      $  1,690.3
Actuarial present value of projected
 benefit obligation                                    (1,385.2)       (1,337.3)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assets in Excess of Projected
 Benefit Obligation                                       520.7           353.0
Unrecognized prior service costs                          116.2           129.2
Unrecognized transition asset                             (84.0)          (98.4)
Unrecognized net gain                                    (570.0)         (401.3)
Adjustment required to recognize
 minimum liability                                         (4.7)           (3.2)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Accrued Pension Cost                                 $    (21.8)     $    (20.7)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                               SNET Annual Report                             23

<PAGE>

     Assumptions used to calculate the plans' funded status:

At December 31,                                        1997      1996      1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Discount rate for projected
 benefit obligation                                     7.0%      7.5%      7.0%
Expected rate of increase in future
 management compensation levels                         4.5%      4.5%      4.5%
Expected long-term rate of return on
 plan assets                                            8.0%      8.0%      8.0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The Corporation periodically amends the benefit formulas under its pension
plans. Accordingly, pension cost has been determined in such a manner as to
anticipate that modifications to the pension plans would continue in the future.

POSTRETIREMENT HEALTH CARE BENEFITS The Corporation provides health care and
life insurance benefits for retired employees. Substantially all of the
Corporation's employees may become eligible for these benefits if they meet
certain age and service requirements. In addition, an employee's spouse and
dependents may be eligible for health care benefits. Effective July 1, 1996, all
bargaining-unit employees who retire after December 31, 1989 and all management
employees who retire after December 31, 1991 may have to share with the
Corporation the premium costs of postretirement health care benefits if these
costs exceed certain limits.

     The Corporation funds trusts for postretirement health insurance benefits
using Voluntary Employee Beneficiary Association. Plan assets consist primarily
of investments in domestic corporate equity and government and corporate debt
securities.

     The Corporation's postretirement benefit cost includes the following
components:

For the Years Ended December 31,                     1997       1996       1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service cost                                       $  4.1     $  4.4     $  4.4
Interest cost of accumulated
 benefit obligation                                  36.1       37.6       33.4
Amortizations and deferrals, net                     41.2       19.8       21.0
Actual return on plan assets                        (56.4)     (30.9)     (31.5)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Postretirement Benefit Cost
 Recorded to Expense                                 25.0       30.9       27.3
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Costs relating to special
 termination benefits                                  --         --       11.0
Curtailment loss                                       --         .2       12.9
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Curtailment Loss                                   --         .2       23.9
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Postretirement Benefit Cost                    $ 25.0     $ 31.1     $ 51.2
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The 1996 and 1995 net curtailment losses were associated with the severance
programs and were recorded to the restructuring reserve in the respective years
[see Note 6].

     The following table sets forth the plans' funded status:

At December 31,                                               1997         1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Accumulated postretirement
 benefit obligation:
  Retirees                                                 $(423.9)     $(458.6)
  Fully eligible active plan participants                    (27.4)       (15.5)
  Other active plan participants                             (74.1)       (66.3)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Accumulated Postretirement
 Benefit Obligation                                         (525.4)      (540.4)
Plan assets at fair value                                    292.8        229.4
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Accumulated Postretirement Benefit
 Obligation in Excess of Plan Assets                        (232.6)      (311.0)
Unrecognized net gain                                        (65.6)       (11.9)
Unrecognized prior service cost                               10.8         13.6
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Accrued Postretirement
 Benefit Obligation                                        $(287.4)     $(309.3)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


     Assumptions used to calculate the plans' funded status:

At December 31,                                      1997       1996       1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Discount rate for projected
 benefit obligation                                   7.0%       7.5%       7.0%
Expected rate of increase in future
 compensation levels                                  4.5%       4.5%       4.5%
Expected long-term rate of
 return on plan assets:
  Management health trust                             7.0%       7.0%       7.0%
  Bargaining-unit health trust                        7.5%       7.5%       7.5%
  Retiree life insurance trust                        7.5%       7.5%       7.5%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The assumed health care cost trend rate used to measure the expected cost
of these benefits for 1997 was 5.5% and declines to 4.5% by 2001. A one
percentage point increase in the assumed health care cost trend rate would have
increased the estimated aggregate service and interest cost components of the
1997 net postretirement benefit cost by approximately $2 and the accrued
postretirement benefit obligation by approximately $21 as of December 31, 1997.

SAVINGS AND STOCK OWNERSHIP PLANS The Corporation sponsors employee savings
plans under section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The plans cover
substantially all employees. As part of the savings plans, the Corporation has
established an Employee Stock Ownership Plan ("ESOP"). The Corporation provides
matching contributions based on qualified employee contributions through its
ESOP plan. Under the ESOP, the Corporation's matching contributions are invested
entirely in common stock of the Corporation and are held by the ESOP.

     In January 1990, the Corporation loaned the ESOP $10.0 and in February
1990, the ESOP borrowed an additional $110.0, which the Corporation guaranteed,
through a third party. The proceeds of the $10.0 loan were used to acquire
shares of the Corporation's common stock through open market purchases. The
proceeds of the $110.0 loan were used to purchase shares of both unissued common
stock and treasury stock from the Corporation. All shares purchased by the ESOP
were originally pledged as collateral for its debt. The Corporation periodically
makes cash payments to 


24                             SNET Annual Report

<PAGE>

the ESOP that, together with dividends received on shares held by the ESOP, are
used to make interest and principal payments on both loans. As these payments
are made, shares are released from collateral and made available for
distribution to employees' accounts, based on the proportion of debt service
paid in the year.

     ESOP expense and ESOP trust activity are as follows:

For the Years Ended December 31,                     1997       1996       1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Compensation expense(1)                            $ 12.7     $ 11.0     $ 14.7
Interest expense incurred(1)                          3.4        4.4        5.1
Interest income earned                                (.4)       (.5)       (.6)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Expense                                      $ 15.7     $ 14.9     $ 19.2
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dividends Used for Debt Service                    $  4.6     $  5.1     $  5.3
Cash Contributions Used for                        
 Debt Service                                      $ 13.7     $ 13.5     $ 13.3
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  
(1)  Net of applicable dividends used for debt service.

     ESOP shares outstanding are as follows:

In Thousands, At December 31,                 1997           1996          1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Allocated shares                           1,602.1        1,389.1        1,508.0
Unreleased shares                            904.8        1,206.4        1,301.5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total ESOP Shares                          2,506.9        2,595.5        2,809.5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SEPARATION OFFERS In April 1995, the Corporation ratified a contract with the
Connecticut Union of Telephone Workers, Inc. which included a voluntary
early-out offer ("EOO"). The EOO provided enhanced pension benefits by adding
six years to the age and to the length of service of employees for purposes of
determining pension and postretirement health care benefits eligibility. The
employees also had the option to select a pension distribution method (i.e.,
lump-sum, monthly pension or a combination of both) at the time of separation.
The EOO was available to the bargaining-unit work force during July 1995 and
approximately 2,700 employees, or 40.7% of the total bargaining-unit work force,
accepted the offer and left the Corporation through June 1996. In addition,
approximately 500 management employees accepted a severance plan with enhanced
benefits during 1996. The 1996 net settlement gains and the 1995 net curtailment
losses related to these separation offers were recorded to the restructuring
reserve in the respective years [see Note 6].

NOTE 5: INCOME TAXES

Income tax expense includes the following components:

For the Years Ended December 31,                   1997        1996        1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FEDERAL
Current                                         $  84.1     $  79.4     $  62.4
Deferred                                           15.8        16.1        27.4
Investment tax credits, net                        (1.5)       (2.1)       (6.9)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Federal                                      98.4        93.4        82.9
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STATE                                           
Current                                            16.0         9.8        17.3
Deferred                                            4.1         4.4         9.4
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total State                                        20.1        14.2        26.7
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Income Taxes                              $ 118.5     $ 107.6     $ 109.6
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               
     In April 1995, new Connecticut state income tax rates were enacted to
accelerate the reduction of current rates. The 1997 Connecticut state income tax
rate of 10.5% will gradually decrease to 7.5% in 2000.

     A reconciliation between income taxes and taxes computed by applying the
statutory federal income tax rate to pre-tax income is as follows:

For the Years Ended December 31,                   1997        1996        1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Statutory Federal Income Tax Rate                  35.0%       35.0%       35.0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Federal income taxes at                      
 statutory rate                                 $ 110.6     $ 105.1     $  97.4
State income taxes, net of federal           
 income tax effect                                 13.0         9.2        17.4
Depreciation of telephone plant              
 construction cost previously                
 deducted for tax purposes(1)                        --          --         5.1
Amortization of investment                   
 tax credits(1)                                    (1.5)       (2.1)       (6.9)
Other differences, net                             (3.6)       (4.6)       (3.4)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income Taxes                                    $ 118.5     $ 107.6     $ 109.6
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Effective Tax Rate                                 37.5%       35.8%       39.4%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            
(1)  Telephone Company only.

     Consolidated deferred income tax assets (liabilities) are comprised of the
following:

At December 31,                                             1997           1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Postretirement benefits other
 than pensions                                           $ 120.1        $ 124.8
Software                                                    24.7           13.9
Allowance for uncollectibles                                15.0           11.9
Other                                                       11.1           10.6
Compensated absences                                         9.3           13.1
Pension                                                      7.8            9.2
Restructuring charge                                         2.8           12.8
Depreciation and amortization                              (31.1)         (29.3)
Leveraged leases                                           (30.4)         (28.3)
Valuation allowance                                         (1.9)          (2.1)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred Income Taxes                                    $ 127.4        $ 136.6
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                               SNET Annual Report                             25

<PAGE>

VALUATION ALLOWANCE The 1997 decrease in the valuation allowance was due
primarily to the reduction in state loss carryovers. The allowance will continue
to be evaluated based on evidence of realization of all deferred tax assets.

NOTE 6: RESTRUCTURING CHARGE

In December 1993, the Corporation recorded a restructuring charge of $355.0,
$204.2 after-tax or $3.21 for both basic and diluted earnings per share, to
provide for a comprehensive restructuring program. The charge included: $170.0
for employee separation costs; $145.0 for process and systems reengineering; and
$40.0 for exit and other costs.

     Costs incurred for employee separations included payments for severance,
unused vacation and health care continuation, as well as non-cash net pension
and postretirement settlement gains of $65.1 in 1996 and curtailment losses of
$102.2 in 1995. Process and systems reengineering costs included incremental
costs incurred in connection with the execution of numerous reengineering
programs. Exit and other costs included expenses related to the reduction of
overall corporate space requirements.

     A summary of costs incurred under the restructuring program is as follows:

For the Years Ended December 31,                      1997      1996        1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Employee separation costs (gains)                   $  5.0    $(45.1)    $ 111.2
Process and systems reengineering                      2.8      83.1        74.2
Exit and other costs                                   7.2       7.5         2.5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Costs Incurred                                $ 15.0    $ 45.5     $ 187.9
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  
     Total employee separations under the restructuring program approximated
4,300 employees utilizing the EOO and severance plans: 970 employees through the
end of 1994; 2,195 employees in 1995; and 1,135 employees in 1996. Total
employee separations were substantially offset by an increase in provisional
employees to support greater demand for services and expanding businesses. The
hiring of provisional employees also provides flexible work force levels as
business needs change in the future.

     The Telephone Company has implemented network operations, customer service,
repair and support programs and developed new processes to reduce the costs of
business while improving quality and customer service. These new integrated
processes have enabled the Telephone Company to increase its responsiveness to
customer-specific needs and to eliminate certain labor-intensive interfaces
between the existing systems.

     As of December 31, 1997, the restructuring reserve balance of $6.5 is
adequate for the future residual costs, primarily 1998's exit costs relating to
the delayed reduction of overall corporate space requirements.

NOTE 7: SHORT-TERM DEBT

Short-term debt, which includes commercial paper used to meet temporary cash
needs and long-term debt maturing within one year, consists of the following:

At December 31,                                              1997          1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commercial paper                                          $ 144.6       $ 201.9
Current maturities of long-term debt                         41.7          13.3
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Short-term Debt                                     $ 186.3       $ 215.2
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted Average Interest Rate
 on Commercial Paper at Year-End                              5.9%          5.8%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The Corporation maintained bank lines of credit to facilitate the issuance
of commercial paper. As part of these credit facilities, the Corporation has
obtained a contractual commitment to $170.0 in lines of credit provided by a
syndicate of banks. At December 31, 1997, the entire line remained available.
The annual commitment fee is currently .045% of the total lines of credit.

NOTE 8: LONG-TERM DEBT

The components of long-term debt are as follows:

At December 31,                            Maturing            1997        1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Unsecured notes:
 6.13%-8.00%                               1998-2007        $ 820.0    $  720.0
 7.25%-8.70%                               2031-2033          245.0       325.0
Guaranteed ESOP:
 9.35%                                     1997-2000           44.2        56.4
Debentures:
 4.38%                                          2001           45.0        45.0
Mortgage notes:
 9.00%-9.90%                               1997-2007           25.5        17.2
Bank notes:
 10.50%                                    1997-2009           23.9        24.4
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Long-term Debt                                        1,203.6     1,188.0
Unamortized discount
 and premium, net                                              (5.1)       (5.1)
Capital lease obligations                                        .1          .1
Current maturities                                            (41.7)      (13.3)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Long-term Debt                                             $1,156.9    $1,169.7
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Scheduled maturities of total long-term debt include $41.7 in 1998, $17.4
in 1999, $125.6 in 2000, $66.7 in 2001, $101.9 in 2002 and $850.3 thereafter.

     On February 4, 1997, the Corporation issued $100.0 of 6.50% medium-term
notes due 2002. The issuance replaced a portion of short-term debt related to
the cellular acquisitions in 1995.

     On February 18, 1997, the Corporation redeemed $80.0 of 8.70% medium-term
notes due 2031, by issuing short-term debt. The early extinguishment of debt
resulted in an extraordinary charge of $3.7, net of tax benefits of $2.7, or
$.06 per share, for both basic and diluted earnings per share.

     At December 31, 1997, the Corporation and the Telephone Company had
remaining securities, registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, to
issue up to $125.0 and $95.0, respectively, of medium-term unsecured notes
through shelf registrations.


26                             SNET Annual Report

<PAGE>

NOTE 9: COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Corporation has entered into both operating and capital leases for
facilities and equipment used in its operations. Rental expense under operating
leases was $19.8, $21.0 and $23.7 for 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. Future
minimum rental commitments under third-party, noncancelable operating leases
include $14.2 in 1998, $13.1 in 1999, $11.7 in 2000, $5.7 in 2001, $4.5 in 2002
and $10.5 thereafter, for a total of $59.7. Capital leases were not significant.

     The Corporation expects total capital expenditures of approximately $475
for additions to property, plant and equipment during 1998. In connection with
the capital program, the Corporation has made certain commitments for the
purchase of material and equipment.

     In 1995, a U.S. District Court decision was issued in favor of the
Department of Labor against the Corporation and the Telephone Company. The
decision held that the Corporation and the Telephone Company violated certain
sections of the Fair Labor Standards Act and was liable for back wages and
liquidating damages. The Corporation and the Telephone Company appealed the
decision and on July 31, 1997, the Second Circuit Court of Appeals affirmed the
U.S. District Court's decision. As required by the Court's decision, in October
1997, the Corporation and the Telephone Company paid back wages, liquidating
damages and interest (from the date of the District Court's judgment) to the
employees involved in this action. In 1995, the Telephone Company recorded a
liability of $11.0 which was adequate to cover the cost of total damages for
this matter.

NOTE 10: FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS The following methods and assumptions were
used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments for which
it was practicable to estimate that value:

Cash and temporary cash investments The carrying amount approximates fair value
because of the short maturity of those instruments.

Long-term investments The fair value of equity investments was estimated based
on quoted market prices for those or similar investments.

Debt The carrying amount of the Corporation's short-term debt approximates fair
value because of the short maturity of those instruments. The fair value of
long-term debt (excluding capital leases) was estimated based on the quoted
market prices for the same or similar issues or on the current rates offered to
the Corporation for debt of the same remaining maturities.

     The carrying amount and estimated fair value of the Corporation's financial
instruments are as follows:

At December 31,                            1997                   1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   Carrying      Fair      Carrying      Fair
                                    Amount       Value      Amount       Value
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash and Temporary
 Cash Investments                 $    12.3   $    12.3   $     9.0   $     9.0
Long-term
 Investments                      $     2.9   $     2.1   $     4.1   $    13.2
Debt                              $(1,343.1)  $(1,371.5)  $(1,384.8)  $(1,381.0)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK Financial instruments that potentially subject the
Corporation to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of temporary cash
investments and trade receivables. The Corporation places its temporary cash
investments in short-term, high quality commercial paper which is rated at least
A-1 by Standard and Poor's and P-1 by Moody's Investors Services, Inc.
Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables are limited due
to the large number of customers in the Corporation's customer base.

NOTE 11: LEASE NOTES RECEIVABLE

Lease notes receivable include, on an investment basis, a portfolio of leveraged
and direct-financing leases. The gross investment in these leases has been
recorded on the consolidated balance sheet in leases and other assets.
Investments in leveraged leases are in a coal-fired, electric generating
facility and other equipment. The investment in direct-financing leases are in a
commercial aircraft and other equipment.

     The components of the lease notes receivable are as follows:

At December 31,                                1997                 1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       Direct-                Direct-
                                      Financing   Leveraged  Financing Leveraged
                                        Leases     Leases     Leases     Leases
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minimum rentals
 receivable                             $ 58.9     $ 24.5     $ 61.7     $ 25.4
Unearned income                          (24.1)     (12.9)     (26.9)     (14.0)
Estimated,                         
 unguaranteed                      
 residual value of                 
 leased assets                            10.3       30.6       10.3       30.6
Initial direct costs                        .2       --           .2       --
Allowance for losses                     (11.0)      --        (11.0)      --
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lease Notes                        
 Receivable                             $ 34.3       42.2     $ 34.3       42.0
Deferred taxes arising             
 from leveraged leases                              (30.4)                (28.3)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Investment in                  
 Leveraged Leases                                  $ 11.8                $ 13.7
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Future minimum receipts under third-party direct-financing leases include
$5.4 in 1998, $4.8 in 1999, $3.1 in 2000, $3.8 in 2001, $3.8 in 2002 and $38.0
thereafter.


                               SNET Annual Report                             27

<PAGE>

NOTE 12: SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

COMMON, PREFERRED AND PREFERENCE SHARES The Corporation is authorized to issue
up to 300,000,000 shares of common stock at a par value of $1.00 per share
("Common Stock") as well as 2,000,000 preferred shares at a par value of $50.00
per share and 50,000,000 preference shares at a par value of $1.00 per share. No
preferred or preference shares have been issued pursuant to these
authorizations.

DIVIDENDS DECLARED The dividends for 1997 and 1995 were declared out of retained
earnings, while the dividends for 1996 were declared out of proceeds in excess
of par value.

SHAREHOLDERS' RIGHTS PLAN On December 11, 1996, the Board of Directors approved
the 1997 shareholders' rights plan ("Rights Plan") which became effective
February 11, 1997 upon the expiration of the previous plan. Under the 1997
Rights Plan, each share of Common Stock has a purchase right that entitles the
holder to purchase 1/100 of a preference share (equivalent of one share of
Common Stock) at an exercise price of $180.00. The rights are not exercisable or
transferable apart from the Common Stock until a person or group has acquired,
or has made an offer for, 20% or more of the outstanding Common Stock. In the
event that a person or group acquires 20% or more of the outstanding Common
Stock, each outstanding right, other than those held by the 20% acquirer, is
entitled to purchase, at the exercise price of the rights, a number of shares of
Common Stock having a market value of two times the exercise price of the right.
The Board also may exchange the rights generally at an exchange ratio of one
share of Common Stock per right. The Rights Plan may be amended by the Board of
Directors to reduce the threshold at which the rights are triggered to not less
than 10% of the then outstanding Common Stock. Additionally, if the person or
group acquires the Corporation in a merger or other business combination
transaction, each right will entitle the owner to purchase common stock of the
acquirer having a market value of two times the exercise price of the right. The
rights are redeemable at one cent each prior to public announcement that a
person or group has acquired beneficial ownership of 20% or more of the
outstanding Common Stock. The rights expire on February 11, 2007. On January 4,
1998, the Board of Directors amended the Rights Plan to provide that the pending
merger with SBC would not invoke the provisions of the plan.

     The Corporation sponsors a Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan
("DRISPP"). Effective July 1, 1997, the Corporation's policy of issuing new
shares was modified to have its agent begin purchasing shares on the open market
(when market conditions merit) to meet the needs of the DRISPP. Beginning with
the January 15, 1998 dividend, the Corporation resumed issuance of new shares to
meet the needs of the DRISPP.

NOTE 13: STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS

During 1997, the Corporation sponsored an employee stock option plan and a
restricted stock plan for non-employee directors. In prior years, the
Corporation also sponsored the SNET 1986 Stock Option Plan ("1986 Plan"). The
1986 Plan, which expired on June 30, 1996, provided stock options to certain key
employees at the discretion of a committee of the Board of Directors
("Committee").

     The SNET 1995 Stock Incentive Plan ("1995 Plan") is a stock-based
compensation plan which enables the awarding of incentive compensation,
including stock options, to all employees at the discretion of the Board of
Directors or the Committee. Under both the 1986 Plan and the 1995 Plan, the
exercise price of each option may not be less than 100% of the fair market value
of the shares on the date of grant. All options are exercisable no earlier than
one year after the date of grant, with most options vesting ratably over two or
four years, and have a maximum life of ten years. Both the 1986 Plan and the
1995 Plan allow stock appreciation rights ("SARs") to be granted in tandem with
the related stock option. No SARs have been granted since 1992 and the
Corporation presently does not intend to grant additional SARs in the future.

     The Corporation has elected to continue following Accounting Principles
Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," and related
interpretations in accounting for its employee stock-based compensation plans.
Accordingly, no compensation cost has been recognized for the plans. Had the
Corporation adopted the cost recognition method provided under SFAS No. 123,
"Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," net income (loss) and earnings (loss)
per share would approximate the pro forma amounts below:

For the Years Ended December 31,               1997          1996          1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Income (Loss)                            $190.7        $189.4       $(518.9)
Basic Earnings (Loss)
 Per Share                                    $2.88         $2.90        $(8.00)
Diluted Earnings (Loss)
 Per Share                                    $2.87         $2.89        $(7.99)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The effects of applying SFAS No. 123 in this pro forma disclosure are not
indicative of future amounts. SFAS No. 123 does not apply to awards prior to
1995.

     The Black-Scholes option pricing model was used to estimate the options'
grant date fair value with the following assumptions: 20% volatility; risk free
interest rate ranging from 5.8% to 6.7%; dividends of $1.76 per share per year;
and an estimated period to exercise of three or five years. The weighted average
fair value of options granted during the year was $6.79, $7.85 and $6.13 in
1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.


28                             SNET Annual Report

<PAGE>

     Information with respect to plan activity is as follows:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  Options        Shares
                                Available         Under                  Average
                                for Grant        Option         SARs      Price
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at 1/1/95                 785,300        861,725      162,700     $33.25
Approved for grant              4,600,000             --           --      --
Granted                        (2,535,950)     2,535,950           --     $37.59
SARs exercised                         --        (41,475)     (41,475)    $28.44
Options exercised                      --        (15,775)          --     $30.86
Canceled                           34,500        (34,500)          --     $33.15
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at 12/31/95             2,883,850      3,305,925      121,225     $36.65
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
1986 Plan unused                  (65,525)            --           --      --
Granted                          (223,500)       223,500           --     $42.48
SARs exercised                         --        (66,975)     (66,975)    $32.60
Options exercised                      --        (53,625)          --     $33.37
Canceled                          364,725       (364,725)          --     $38.04
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at 12/31/96             2,959,550      3,044,100       54,250     $37.05
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
1986 Plan unused                  (64,950)            --           --      --
Granted                          (868,500)       868,500           --     $36.98
SARs exercised                         --        (22,400)     (22,400)    $31.33
Options exercised                      --       (222,149)          --     $35.64
Canceled                          214,150       (214,150)          --     $37.39
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at 12/31/97             2,240,250      3,453,901       31,850     $36.93
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Options exercisable were 2,114,777, 1,334,388 and 403,850 at December 31,
1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. The respective weighted average exercise
prices were $37.37, $36.72 and $33.67. All outstanding SARs were exercisable at
each year-end. All outstanding SARs as of January 4, 1998 were canceled.

     The following table summarizes information with regard to stock options
outstanding and exercisable by ranges of exercise prices:

                                                                        Weighted
                                                          Weighted       Average
                                                           Average     Remaining
                                                          Exercise   Contractual
At December 31, 1997                              Shares     Price          Life
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stock Options Outstanding:                                           
 $24.69 to $36.94                              1,737,901    $34.71     7.5 years
 $37.06 to $44.94                              1,716,000    $39.19     8.2 years
- --------------------------------------------------------             
 $24.69 to $44.94                              3,453,901    $36.93     7.8 years
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stock Options Exercisable:                                           
 $24.69 to $36.94                                730,151    $34.09            --
 $37.06 to $44.94                              1,384,626    $39.11            --
- --------------------------------------------------------             
 $24.69 to $44.94                              2,114,777    $37.37            --
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   
     The 1994 SNET Non-Employee Director Stock Plan ("1994 Plan"), which was
terminated upon ratification of the 1996 Non-Employee Director Stock Plan ("1996
Plan"), allowed each director to receive between 25% and 100% of their annual
retainer in shares of Common Stock. The 1996 Plan, approved on May 8, 1996,
provides each non-employee director with 300 shares of Common Stock in lieu of
cash compensation. A director may also elect to receive up to 100% of his or her
cash retainer in shares. All shares distributed have voting and dividend rights,
and are subject to restrictions on transferability. Upon granting of the shares,
compensation expense is recorded in the amount of the market value of the
shares.

     A summary of restricted stock activity is as follows:

At December 31,                                1997          1996          1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Shares available for grant,
 beginning of period                        196,400       143,852       147,152
New shares approved
 for issuance                                    --       200,000            --
1994 Plan unused                                 --      (141,619)           --
Shares granted                               (2,489)       (5,833)       (3,300)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Shares Available for Grant,
 End of Period                              193,911       196,400       143,852
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted Average Market
 Value of Stock on Grant Date              $  37.41      $  41.21      $  35.02
Compensation Expense
 Recorded for Restricted
 Stock Grants                              $     .1      $     .2      $     .1
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                               SNET Annual Report                             29

<PAGE>

NOTE 14: SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION

SUPPLEMENTAL INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION

For the Years Ended December 31,              1997           1996           1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Advertising Expense                         $ 38.8         $ 42.1         $ 38.8
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Depreciation and amortization:                                             
 Depreciation                               $351.7         $331.1         $328.1
 Amortization                                 27.4           25.0           17.9
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Depreciation and Amortization         $379.1         $356.1         $346.0
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Taxes other than income:                                                   
 Property                                   $ 48.1         $ 48.0         $ 43.7
 Other                                         5.0            6.6           12.8
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Taxes Other Than Income               $ 53.1         $ 54.6         $ 56.5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest expense:                                                          
 Long-term debt                             $ 80.9         $ 83.0         $ 74.7
 Short-term debt                              10.1           10.0            8.5
 Capitalized interest                         (4.6)          (7.2)          --
 Other                                         3.4            2.9            2.7
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Interest Expense                      $ 89.8         $ 88.7         $ 85.9
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


SUPPLEMENTAL BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION

At December 31,                                              1997          1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Materials, supplies and inventories:
 Materials and supplies                                 $    14.7     $    14.3
 Inventories                                                 15.1          13.1
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Materials, Supplies and Inventories               $    29.8     $    27.4
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Property, plant and equipment, at cost:
 Telephone plant:
  Land                                                  $    16.5     $    16.8
  Buildings                                                 398.4         386.4
  Central office equipment                                1,850.8       1,743.0
  Outside plant facilities and equipment                  1,798.4       1,732.4
  Furniture and office equipment                            255.5         310.0
  Station equipment and connections                          24.9          22.5
  Plant under construction                                   85.5          98.0
 Telecommunications property and
  equipment                                                 487.0         398.2
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Property, Plant and Equipment,
 at cost                                                  4,917.0       4,707.3
Accumulated Depreciation                                 (3,200.2)     (3,110.3)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Property, Plant and Equipment, net                $ 1,716.8     $ 1,597.0
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

For the Years Ended December 31,                     1997       1996       1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest Paid, net of amounts
 capitalized                                       $ 88.3     $ 89.2     $ 79.7
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income Taxes Paid                                  $ 78.8     $ 84.0     $ 87.8
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Changes in operating assets                   
 and liabilities, net:(1)                     
  Increase in accounts                        
   receivable, net                                 $(44.7)    $(18.5)    $(78.3)
  Increase in materials, supplies             
   and inventories                                   (1.8)      (1.2)       (.1)
  Increase (decrease) in accounts             
   payable, accrued expenses                  
   and compensated absences                          16.6      (18.2)      65.0
  Changes in other assets and                 
    liabilities, net                                 21.8        7.6      (20.6)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Changes in Operating Assets and               
 Liabilities, net                                  $ (8.1)    $(30.3)    $(34.0)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)  Reflects the Corporation's acquisition of Woodbury, on July 30, 1997, in a
     non-cash transaction [see Note 2].

NOTE 15: OPERATING CASH FLOW(1) (UNAUDITED)

The following financial data on the Corporation's product groups is not required
by generally accepted accounting principles and is provided for informational
purposes only:

For the Years Ended December 31,                     1997       1996       1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wireline(2)                                       $ 607.2    $ 564.8    $ 569.0
Wireless(3)                                          61.1       31.3      (10.8)
Information and Entertainment(4)                     90.2      110.2      102.6
Other(5)                                             18.1       32.0       34.0
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Operating Cash Flow                         $ 776.6    $ 738.3    $ 694.8
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 
(1)  Represents operating income before depreciation and amortization. Operating
     cash flow is not a generally accepted accounting principle measurement.

(2)  Includes Telephone Company's telecommunications operations, SNET
     Diversified Group, Inc., SNET America, Inc. and Woodbury Telephone Company.

(3)  Includes the wholesale and retail cellular operations, SNET Cellular, Inc.
     and SNET Mobility, Inc., net of cellular intercompany amounts and its
     paging operations.

(4)  Includes publishing, internet and cable television operations.

(5)  Includes SNET Real Estate, Inc. and holding company operations.


30                             SNET Annual Report

<PAGE>

NOTE 16: QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         1st QTR          2nd QTR         3rd QTR         4th QTR         Full Year
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                       <C>              <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>     
1997
- ----
Revenues and Sales                                        $482.7           $501.6          $509.7          $528.3          $2,022.3
Operating Income                                          $ 96.4           $ 98.5          $ 99.2          $103.4          $  397.5
Income before extraordinary charge                        $ 46.1           $ 50.0          $ 49.1          $ 52.3          $  197.5
Extraordinary charge [see Note 8]                           (3.7)                              --              --              (3.7)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Income                                                $ 42.4           $ 50.0          $ 49.1          $ 52.3          $  193.8
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic Earnings Per Share:                                                                                                   
 Income before extraordinary charge                       $  .70           $  .76          $  .74          $  .79          $   2.99
 Extraordinary charge                                       (.06)              --              --             --               (.06)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic Earnings Per Share                                  $  .64           $  .76          $  .74          $  .79          $   2.93
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Diluted Earnings Per Share:                                                                                                 
 Income before extraordinary charge                       $  .70           $  .76          $  .74          $  .78          $   2.98
 Extraordinary charge                                       (.06)              --              --              --              (.06)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Diluted Earnings Per Share                                $  .64           $  .76          $  .74          $  .78          $   2.92
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1996
- ----
Revenues and Sales                                        $474.0           $487.8          $488.2          $491.9          $1,941.9
Operating Income                                          $102.1           $100.2          $ 90.5          $ 89.4          $  382.2
Net Income                                                $ 52.2           $ 50.5          $ 45.8          $ 44.3          $  192.8
Basic Earnings Per Share                                  $  .80           $  .77          $  .70          $  .68          $   2.95
Diluted Earnings Per Share                                $  .80           $  .77          $  .70          $  .67          $   2.94
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                               SNET Annual Report                             31

<PAGE>

SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND TELECOMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)


</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Dollars in Millions, Except as Noted                              1997           1996           1995            1994           1993
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                            <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>    
Revenues and sales                                             $ 2,022        $ 1,942        $ 1,816         $ 1,718        $ 1,655
Costs and expenses(1)                                          $ 1,246        $ 1,204        $ 1,121         $ 1,015        $ 1,367
Interest expense                                               $    90        $    89        $    86         $    75        $    91
Income taxes                                                   $   119        $   108        $   110         $   122        $   (44)
Income (loss) from continuing operations(2)                    $   198        $   193        $   169         $   178        $   (44)
Net income (loss)                                              $   194        $   193        $  (518)        $   178        $  (318)

Basic earnings (loss) per share (dollars):
  From continuing operations(2)                                $  2.99        $  2.95        $  2.60         $  2.77        $  (.68)
  Net income (loss)                                            $  2.93        $  2.95        $ (7.99)        $  2.77        $ (4.99)
Diluted earnings (loss) per share (dollars):
  From continuing operations(2)                                $  2.98        $  2.94        $  2.60         $  2.77        $  (.68)
  Net income (loss)                                            $  2.92        $  2.94        $ (7.99)        $  2.77        $ (4.99)
Dividends declared per share (dollars)                         $  1.76        $  1.76        $  1.76         $  1.76        $  1.76

Net cash provided by operating activities                      $   616        $   477        $   443         $   424        $   481
Cash expended for capital additions                            $   472        $   374        $   357         $   283        $   269

Depreciation and amortization                                  $   379        $   356        $   346         $   329        $   291
Property, plant and equipment, net                             $ 1,717        $ 1,597        $ 1,565         $ 2,712        $ 2,770
Total assets                                                   $ 2,771        $ 2,671        $ 2,724         $ 3,505        $ 3,762

Short-term debt                                                $   186        $   215        $   232         $    40        $   290
Long-term debt                                                 $ 1,157        $ 1,170        $ 1,182         $   952        $   984
Shareholders' equity                                           $   597        $   463        $   353         $   953        $   855
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

Certain amounts have been restated to conform to the current year presentation.

(1)  Excludes depreciation and amortization. 1993 includes a charge of $355.0,
     $204.2 after-tax or $3.21 for both basic and diluted earnings per share,
     for restructuring.

(2)  1997 excludes an extraordinary charge of $3.7 or $.06 for both basic and
     diluted earnings per share resulting from the early extinguishment of debt.
     1995 excludes an extraordinary charge of $687.1, or $10.59 for both basic
     and diluted earnings per share, related to the discontinuance of SFAS No.
     71. 1993 includes the after-tax restructuring charge and excludes
     discontinued operations of $10.3, or $.16 per share (basic and diluted), an
     extraordinary charge of $44.0, or $.69 per share (basic and diluted) and
     the cumulative effect of accounting changes of $220.2, or $3.46 per share
     (basic and diluted).

32                             SNET Annual Report

<PAGE>

SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND TELECOMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

STATISTICAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Dollars in Millions, Except as Noted                            1997            1996           1995           1994           1993
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                          <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>  
Network access lines in service (thousands)(1)                 2,286           2,163          2,073          2,009          1,964
  Annual growth(1)                                               5.7%            4.3%           3.2%           2.3%           1.4%
Network interstate access minutes of use (millions)            8,291           7,906          7,298          6,917          6,522
  Annual growth                                                  4.9%            8.3%           5.5%           6.1%           4.7%
Interstate and international toll access line
 subscribers (thousands)                                         941             758            266            117             10
  Annual growth                                                 24.1%          185.0%         127.4%            --             --
Cellular subscribers (thousands)(2)                              457             392            323            166             88
  Annual growth                                                 16.6%           21.4%          94.6%          88.6%          29.4%

Operating cash flow(3)                                       $   777         $   738        $   695        $   703        $   288
Telephone Company wireline cost per access
 line (dollars)(4)                                           $   312         $   332        $   320        $   340        $   365

Return on average total capital                                 14.9%           15.9%            --(5)        12.8%            --(6)
Return on average equity                                        36.3%           45.6%            --(5)        19.4%            --(6)

Debt ratio(7)                                                   69.2%           74.9%          80.0%          51.0%          59.9%
Pre-tax interest coverage (times)                                4.3             4.1            4.2            5.0             .1
Average total debt cost                                          6.5%            6.6%           6.9%           6.8%           7.7%
Current ratio (times)                                            .69             .70            .73            .88            .82

Average dividend yield                                           4.4%            4.4%           5.1%           5.4%           4.9%

Payout ratio                                                    60.1%           59.9%            --(5)        63.5%            --(6)
Market price per share (dollars):
  High                                                       $51.500         $45.500        $40.250        $36.250        $38.375
  Low                                                        $34.750         $36.000        $31.750        $28.250        $33.625
Book value per share (dollars)                               $  8.96         $  7.05        $  5.42        $ 14.77        $ 13.38

Average market price per share (dollars)                       39.96         $ 40.07        $ 34.47        $ 32.63        $ 35.70
Average book value per share (dollars)                       $  8.08         $  6.44        $ 15.14        $ 14.26        $ 17.69

Average price/earnings ratio (times)                              14              14             --(5)          12             --(6)

Average trading volume                                       153,200         105,028         91,797         59,437         79,086
Number of shareholders                                        48,720          50,917         53,332         55,693         57,352
Total employees                                                9,743           9,441          9,070          9,797         10,476
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

Certain amounts have been restated to conform to the current year presentation.

(1)  Excluding the purchase of Woodbury Telephone Company ("Woodbury"), network
     access lines in service would have increased 4.7% to 2,265,000 in 1997.

(2)  Excluding the subscribers from the acquired cellular properties, cellular
     subscribers would have increased 51.1% to 251,000 subscribers in 1995.

(3)  Represents operating income before depreciation and amortization. Operating
     cash flow is not a generally accepted accounting principle measurement.
     Management provides this measurement for informational purposes only.
     Excluding the impact of the 1993 before-tax restructuring charge, operating
     cash flow would have been $643 in 1993.

(4)  Excludes depreciation and amortization, property and other taxes,
     publishing and bad debt expenses. Also, excludes costs and access lines
     acquired from the purchase of Woodbury. 1993 also excludes the before-tax
     restructuring charge.

(5)  Not presented for 1995 based upon a loss per share. A return on average
     total capital of 11.6%, a return on average equity of 17.2%, a payout ratio
     of 67.7% and an average price/earnings ratio of 13 were calculated
     excluding the loss per share impact of the extraordinary charge of $10.59.

(6)  Not presented for 1993 based upon a loss per share. A return on average
     total capital of 10.4%, a return on average equity of 12.3%, a payout ratio
     of 69.6% and an average price/earnings ratio of 14 were calculated
     excluding the loss per share impact of the restructuring charge of $3.21,
     discontinued operations of $.16, extraordinary charge of $.69 and the
     cumulative effect of accounting changes of $3.46.

(7)  Excluding the effect of the non-cash extraordinary charge related to the
     discontinuance of SFAS No. 71, the 1995 debt ratio would have been 57.6%.
     Excluding the combined effect of the charge related to SFAS No. 71 and the
     debt issued to acquire the cellular properties, the 1995 debt ratio would
     have been 48.0%.

                               SNET Annual Report                             33

<PAGE>

SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND TELECOMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

INVESTOR INFORMATION

Corporate Information
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Executive Office:          Stock Exchange Listings:     Auditors:
SNET                       New York Stock Exchange      Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
227 Church Street          Pacific Stock Exchange       Independent Accountants
New Haven, CT 06510        Symbol: SNG                  100 Pearl Street
(203) 771-5200                                          Hartford, CT 06103
                         

Shareholder Information
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annual Meeting of          The Form 10-K may be         For Shareholder 
  Shareholders:            obtained                     Information
May 13, 1998, 11:30 a.m.   by contacting the Transfer   including quarterly 
Italian Center of          Agent and Registrar:         results, latest 
  Stamford                 State Street Bank            recorded news and
1620 Newfield Avenue       and Trust Company            information, call
Stamford, CT 06905         P.O. Box 8200                1-800-SNG-6220 or visit
                           Boston, MA 02266-8200        our Internet web site
                           From anywhere in the         at www.snet.com
                           continental U.S.:
                           1-800-243-1110


Security Analysts and      Dividend Reinvestment
  Portfolio Managers         and Stock Purchase Plan
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Direct inquiries to: Mr.   All owners of common        Shareholders do not pay  
James A. Magrone           stock are eligible for      any brokerage or         
Director-Investor          the plan, which allows      administrative fees when 
Relations 227 Church       participants to apply       purchasing additional    
Street New Haven, CT       dividends and/or optional   shares through the plan. 
06510 (203) 771-4662       cash payments toward        You can obtain a         
                           increased investment in     prospectus and enrollment
                           the Corporation.            forms by contacting State
                                                       Street Bank and Trust    
                                                       Company, Plan            
                                                       Administrator.           


Market and Dividend Data
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Market information was
obtained from the
composite tape, which
encompasses trading on
the principal U.S. stock
exchanges as well as
offboard trading. Cash
dividends of $.44 per
share were declared for
each quarter in 1997 and
1996. The number of
holders of SNET stock at
February 27, 1998 was
47,787.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              Market Price
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         1997                                                 1996
Quarter           High          Low         Close      Quarter          High          Low         Close
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>             <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>     
First           $ 39.125     $ 34.750     $ 35.875     First          $ 43.750     $ 37.500     $ 40.250
Second          $ 42.375     $ 35.625     $ 38.875     Second         $ 45.500     $ 40.500     $ 42.000
Third           $ 41.500     $ 38.250     $ 40.875     Third          $ 42.750     $ 36.750     $ 36.875
Fourth          $ 51.500     $ 41.000     $ 50.313     Fourth         $ 41.125     $ 36.000     $ 38.875
</TABLE>


34                             SNET Annual Report

<PAGE>

SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND TELECOMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

OTHER INFORMATION

Executive Officers of the Corporation
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Daniel J. Miglio         Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Madelyn M. DeMatteo      Senior Vice President--General Counsel and Secretary
Karin D. Mayhew          Senior Vice President--Organization Development
Fred T. Page             Senior Vice President--Network Services
Ronald M. Serrano        Senior Vice President--Communication, Information and
                              Entertainment Group
Donald R. Shassian       Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Representative Servicemarks and Trademarks
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SNET(R) is a registered      We Go Beyond The Call(R),    americast(TM) is a    
trademark and I-SNET is a    SmartLink(R) and All         trademark of the      
servicemark of Southern      Distance(R) are              americast partnership.
New England                  registered trademarks of
Telecommunications           The Southern New England
Corporation.                 Telephone Company. Page
                             2000r is a registered
                             trademark of SNET
                             Mobility, Inc.


                               SNET Annual Report                             35







           Southern New England Telecommunications Corporation

                      Subsidiaries of the Registrant



    Name                                            State of Incorporation

The Southern New England
  Telephone Company                                       Connecticut

SNET America, Inc.                                        Connecticut

SNET Cellular, Inc.                                       Connecticut

SNET Mobility, Inc.                                       Connecticut

SNET Diversified Group, Inc.                              Connecticut

SNET Real Estate, Inc.                                    Connecticut

SNET Credit, Inc.                                         Connecticut

SNET Personal Vision, Inc.                                Connecticut

SNET Information Services, Inc.                           Connecticut

The Woodbury Telephone Company                            Connecticut  










Coopers                                Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
& Lybrand
                                       a professional services firm


             CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We consent to the incorporation by reference of our reports dated 
January 27, 1998, which include an explanatory paragraph
related to the discontinuance of SFAS No. 71, "Accounting for 
Certain Types of Regulation", effective January 1, 1996, on our 
audits of the consolidated financial statements and financial 
statement schedule of Southern New England Telecommunications
Corporation as of December 31, 1997 and 1996 and for each of
the three years in the period ended December 31, 1997,
included or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report
on Form 10-K, in the following documents filed by Southern
New England Telecommunications Corporation:

  Registration Statement No. 33-59713 on Form S-3 relating
  to the Shareholder Dividend Reinvestment and Stock
  Purchase Plan.

  Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement
  No. 33-6326 on Form S-8 relating to the SNET Bargaining
  Unit Retirement Savings Plan.

  Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement
  No. 33-6325 on Form S-8 relating to the SNET Management
  Retirement Savings Plan.

  Registration Statement No. 33-19058 on Form S-8 relating
  to the SNET 1986 Stock Option Plan.

  Registration Statement No. 33-41237 on Form S-3 relating
  to the registration of $165 million of Debt Securities.

  Registration Statement No. 33-51055 on Form S-8 relating
  to the SNET Non-Employee Director Stock Plan.

  Registration Statement No. 33-64975 on Form S-8 relating
  to the SNET 1995 Stock Incentive Plan.

  Registration Statement No. 33-60133 on Form S-3 relating
  to the registration of $470 million of Debt Securities.

  Registration Statement No. 333-05757 on Form S-8 relating
  to the SNET 1996 Non-Employee Director Stock Plan.

  Registration Statement No. 333-45837 of SBC Comunications,
  Inc. on Form S-4 and the related Proxy Statement/Prospectus of
  Southern New England Telecommunications Corporation and SBC
  Communications, Inc.




                                      /s/ Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
Hartford, Connecticut                     Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
March 19, 1998






                            POWER OF ATTORNEY


KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:


    WHEREAS, Southern New England Telecommunications Corporation, a 
Connecticut corporation (hereinafter referred to as the "Corporation"), 
proposes to file shortly with the Securities and Exchange Commission, 
under the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, 
an annual report on Form 10-K; and

    WHEREAS, each of the undersigned is an officer or director, or both, 
of the Corporation, and holds the office, or offices, in the Corporation 
herein below indicated under his or her name;

    NOW, THEREFORE, the undersigned, and each of them, hereby constitutes 
and appoints Donald R. Shassian their attorney-in-fact for them and in their 
name, place and stead, and in each of their offices and capacities with 
the Corporation, to execute and file such annual report, and thereafter 
to execute and file any amendment or amendments thereto, hereby 
giving and granting to said attorney full power and authority to do and 
perform each and every act and thing whatsoever requisite and necessary to be 
done in and about the premises, as fully, to all intents and purposes, as 
the undersigned might or could do, if personally present at the doing 
thereof, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney may or 
shall lawfully do, or cause to be done, by virtue hereof.





























                                 - 2 -

IN WITNESS WHEREOF each of the undersigned has executed this Power of 
Attorney this 11th day of March 1998.






  /s/ William F. Andrews                     /s/ Claire L. Gaudiani
      William F. Andrews, Director               Claire L. Gaudiani, Director
                                
                     
                         
  /s/ Richard H. Ayers                       /s/ Ira D. Hall
      Richard H. Ayers, Director                 Ira D. Hall, Director
                                                 

  /s/ Robert L. Bennett                      /s/ Burton G. Malkiel
      Robert L. Bennett, Director                Burton G. Malkiel, Director


  /s/ Barry M. Bloom                         /s/ Frank R. O'Keefe, Jr.
      Barry M. Bloom, Director                   Frank R. O'Keefe, Jr. Director
                                                 
                                                 
  /s/ Frank J. Connor                        /s/ Daniel J. Miglio
      Frank J. Connor, Director                  Daniel J. Miglio, Chairman,
                                                 President, Chief Executive
                                                 Officer and Director
  /s/ William R. Fenoglio        
      William R. Fenoglio, Director          /s/ Joyce M. Roche
                                                 Joyce M. Roche, Director












                          C E R T I F I C A T E



    This is to certify that by unanimous consent of the Board of Directors
of Southern New England Telecommunications Corporation dated March 11, 1998,
the following vote was adopted and, as of the date of this Certificate,
has not been amended, modified or rescinded and is in full force and effect:

    "VOTED:  That the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial 
Officer are, or either one of them is, authorized to execute, personally 
or by attorney, in the name and on behalf of the Company, and to cause 
to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Company's Annual Report 
on Form 10-K, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997, in substantially 
the form submitted, but with such changes, additions and revisions as the
officer executing the same shall approve, such approval to be conclusively
evidenced by such execution and thereafter to execute personally, and to
cause to be filed, any amendments or supplements to such report and to do
any other acts and to execute and deliver any other documents necessary or
advisable in connection with the foregoing."

    This Consent has the same force and effect as a vote in favor of such
    action at a regular constituted meeting of the Board of Directors of
    the Company called for such purpose.

                                           Attest:


                                           /s/ Paula M. Anderson
                                               Paula M. Anderson
                                               Assistant Secretary
New Haven, Connecticut
March 19, 1998




<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
EXTRACTED FROM THE 1997 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
OF SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
CORPORATION AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY
REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR 
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1997 
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1997 
<CASH>                                          12,300
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  360,400
<ALLOWANCES>                                    32,500
<INVENTORY>                                     29,800
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               454,600
<PP&E>                                       4,917,000
<DEPRECIATION>                               3,200,200
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                               2,770,900
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          657,600
<BONDS>                                      1,156,900
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                        68,900
<OTHER-SE>                                     528,300
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                 2,770,900
<SALES>                                              0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                             2,022,300
<CGS>                                                0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                1,624,800
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                               (8,300)
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              89,800
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                316,000
<INCOME-TAX>                                   118,500
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            197,500
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                (3,700)
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                   193,800
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     2.93
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     2.92
        
                                               


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission